LITTLE FLOWER CONVENT SCHOOL,DINANAGAR, PUNJAB.

Affiliated to Council for Indian School Certificate Examinations, New Delhi. Vide No.PU043

HOME

Nursery     LKG       UKG       Class 1      Class 2       Class 3       Class 4      Class 5      Class 6      Class 7      Class 8       Class 9       Class X

Click Here.......Class X  Punjabi

Click Here.......Class X  Other  Subjects  

 

 

 

Mole concept 5c

Chapter 5 - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry Exercise Ex. 5C

Question 1

Give three kinds of information conveyed by the formula H2O.

Solution 1

Information conveyed by H2O

(1)That H2O contains 2 volumes of hydrogen and 1 volume of oxygen.

(2)That ratio by weight of hydrogen and oxygen is 1:8.

(3)That molecular weight of H2O is 18g.

Question 2

Explain the terms empirical formula and molecular formula.

Solution 2

The empirical formula is the simplest formula, which gives the simplest ratio in whole numbers of atoms of different elements present in one molecule of the compound.

The molecular formula of a compound denotes the actual number of atoms of different elements present in one molecule of a compound.

Question 3

Give the empirical formula of:

(a) C6H6 (b) C6H12O6 (c) C2H2 (d) CH3COOH

Solution 3

(a) CH (b) CH2O (c) CH (d) CH2O

Question 4

Find the percentage of water of crystallisation in CuSO4.5H2O. (At. Mass Cu = 64, H = 1, O = 16, S = 32)

Solution 4

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry

Question 5

Calculate the percentage of phosphorus in

(a) Calcium hydrogen phosphate Ca(H2PO4)2

(b) Calcium phosphate Ca3(PO4)2

Solution 5

(a) Molecular mass of Ca(H2PO4)2 = 234

So, % of P = 2 31 100/234 = 26.5%

(b) Molecular mass of Ca3(PO4)2 = 310

% of P = 2 31 100/310 = 20%

Question 6

Calculate the percent composition of Potassium chlorate KClO3.

Solution 6

Molecular mass of KClO3 = 122.5 g

% of K = 39 /122.5 = 31.8%

% of Cl = 35.5/122.5 = 28.98%

% of O = 3 16/122.5 = 39.18%

Question 7

Find the empirical formula of the compounds with the following percentage composition:

Pb = 62.5%, N = 8.5%, O = 29.0%

Solution 7

Element % At. mass Atomic ratio Simple ratio

Pb 62.5 207 1

N 8.5 14 2

O 29.0 16                          6

So, Pb(NO3)2 is the empirical formula.

Question 8

Calculate the mass of iron in 10 kg of iron ore which contains 80% of pure ferric oxide.

Solution 8

In Fe2O3 , Fe = 56 and O = 16

Molecular mass of Fe2O3 = 2 56 + 3 16 = 160 g

Iron present in 80% of Fe2O3 =

So, mass of iron in 100 g of ore = 56 g

mass of Fe in 10000 g of ore = 56 10000/100

= 5.6 kg

Question 9

If the empirical formula of two compounds is CH and their Vapour densities are 13 to 39 respectively, find their molecular formula.

Solution 9

For acetylene , molecular mass = 2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And StoichiometryV.D = 2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry13 = 26 g

The empirical mass = 12(C) + 1(H) = 13 g

n = Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry

Molecular formula of acetylene= 2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And StoichiometryEmpirical formula =C2H2

 

Similarly, for benzene molecular mass= 2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And StoichiometryV.D = 2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry39 = 78

n = 78/13=6

So, the molecular formula = C6H6

Question 10

Find the empirical formula of a compound containing 17.7% hydrogen and 82.3% nitrogen.

Solution 10

Element % At. mass Atomic ratio Simple ratio

H 17.7 1

N 82.3 14

So, the empirical formula = NH3

Question 11

On analysis, a substance was found to contain

C = 54.54%, H = 9.09%, O = 36.36%

The vapour density of the substance is 44,calculate;

(a) its empirical formula, and

(b) its molecular formula

Solution 11

Element % at. mass atomic ratio simple ratio

C 54.54 12 2

H 9.09 1 4

O 36.36 16 1

(a) So, its empirical formula = C2H4O

(b) empirical formula mass = 44

Since, vapour density = 44

So, molecular mass = 2 V.D = 88

Or n = 2

so, molecular formula = (C2H4O)2 = C4H8O2

Question 12

An organic compound ,whose vapour density is 45, has the following percentage composition

H=2.22%, O = 71.19% and remaining carbon. Calculate ,

(a) its empirical formula, and

(b) its molecular formula

Solution 12

Element % at. mass atomic ratio simple ratio

C 26.59 12 1

H 2.22 1 1

O 71.19 16 2

(a) its empirical formula = CHO2

(b) empirical formula mass = 45

Vapour density = 45

So, molecular mass = V.D 2 = 90

so, molecular formula = C2H2O4

Question 13

An organic compound contains H = 4.07%, Cl = 71.65% chlorine and remaining carbon. Its molar mass = 98.96. Find,

(a) Empirical formula, and

(b) Molecular formula

Solution 13

Element%at. massatomic ratiosimple ratio

Cl71.6535.5Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry1

H4.071Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry2

C24.2812Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry1

 

(a) its empirical formula = CH2Cl

(b) empirical formula mass = 49.5

Since, molecular mass = 98.96

so, molecular formula = (CH2Cl)2 = C2H4Cl2

Question 14

A hydrocarbon contains 4.8g of carbon per gram of hydrogen. Calculate

(a) the g atom of each

(b) find the empirical formula

(c) Find molecular formula, if its vapour density is 29.

Solution 14

(a) The g atom of carbon = 4.8/12 = 0.4 and g atom of hydrogen = 1/1=1

(b) Element Given mass At. mass Gram atom Ratio

C 4.8 12 0.4 1 2

H 1 1 1 2.5 5

So, the empirical formula = C2H5

(c) Empirical formula mass = 29

Molecular mass = V.D 2 = 29 2 = 58

So, molecular formula = C4H10

Question 15

0.2 g atom of silicon Combine with 21.3 g of chlorine. Find the empirical formula of the compound formed.

Solution 15

Since, g atom of Si = given mass/mol. Mass

so, given mass = 0.2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry28 = 5.6 g

ElementmassAt. massGram atomRatio

Si5.6280.21

Cl21.335.5Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry3

 

Empirical formula = SiCl3

Question 16

A gaseous hydrocarbon contains 82.76% of carbon. Given that its vapour density is 29, find its molecular formula.

Solution 16

% of carbon = 82.76%

% of hydrogen = 100 - 82.76 = 17.24%

 

Element 

% Weight 

Atomic Weight 

Relative No. of Moles 

Simplest Ratio 

C

82.76

12

82.76/12 = 6.89

6.89/6.89 = 1 x 2 = 2

H

17.24

1

17.24/1 = 17.24

17.24/6.89 = 2.5 x 2 = 5

 

Empirical formula = C2H5

Empirical formula weight = 2 x 12 + 1 x 5 = 24 + 5 = 29

Vapour Density = 29

Relative molecular mass = 29 x 2 = 58

N = Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Mole Concept And Stoichiometry 

Molecular formula = n x empirical formula

  = 2 x C2H5

 = C4H10

Question 17

In a compound of magnesium (Mg = 24) and nitrogen (N = 14), 18 g of magnesium combines with 7g of nitrogen. Deduce the simplest formula by answering the following questions.

(a) How many gram- atoms of magnesium are equal to 18g?

(b) How many gram- atoms of nitrogen are equal to 7g of nitrogen?

(c) Calculate simple ratio of gram- atoms of magnesium to gram-atoms of nitrogen and hence the simplest formula of the compound formed.

Solution 17

(a) G atoms of magnesium = 18/24 = 0.75 or g- atom of Mg

(b) G atoms of nitrogen = 7/14 = 0.5 or 1/2 g- atoms of N

(c) Ratio of gram-atoms of N and Mg = 1:1.5 or 2:3

So, the formula is Mg3 N2

Question 18

Barium chloride crystals contain 14.8% water of crystallization. Find the number of molecules of water of crystallization per molecule.

Solution 18

Barium chloride = BaCl2.x H2O

Ba + 2Cl + x[H2 + O]   

=137+ 235.5 + x [2+16]

=[208 + 18x] contains water = 14.8% water in BaCl2.x H2O

=[208 + 18 x] 14.8/100 = 18x

=[104 + 9x] 2148=18000x

=[104+9x] 37=250x

=3848 + 333x =2250x

1917x =3848

x = 2molecules of water

Question 19

Urea is very important nitrogenous fertilizer. Its formula is CON2H4.Calculate the percentage of nitrogen in urea. (C=12,O=16 ,N=14 and H=1).

Solution 19

Molar mass of urea; CON2H4 = 60 g

So, % of Nitrogen = 28 100/60 = 46.66%

Question 20

Determine the formula of the organic compound if its molecule contains 12 atoms of carbon. The percentage compositions of hydrogen and oxygen are 6.48 and 51.42 respectively.

Solution 20

Element % At. mass Atomic ratio Simple ratio

C 42.1 12 3.5 1

H 6.48 1 6.48 2

O 51.42 16 3.2 1

The empirical formula is CH2O

Since the compound has 12 atoms of carbon, so the formula is

C12 H24 O12.

Question 21

(a) A compound with empirical formula AB2, has the vapour density equal to its empirical formula weight. Find its molecular formula.

(b) A compound with empirical formula AB has vapour density 3 times its empirical formula weight. Find the molecular formula.

(c)10.47 g of a compound contained 6.25 g of metal A and rest non-metal B. Calculate the empirical formula of the compound [At. wt of A = 207, B = 35.5]

Solution 21

(a) Now since the empirical formula is equal to vapour density and we know that vapour density is half of the molecular mass i.e. we have n=2 so, the molecular formula is A2B4.

(b) Since molecular mass is 2 times the vapour density, so Mol. Mass = 2 V.D

Empirical formula weight = V.D/3

So, n = molecular mass/ Empirical formula weight = 6

Hence, the molecular formula is A6B6

(c) 

Given:

Wt. of the compound: 10.47g

Wt. of metal A: 6.25g

Wt. of non-metal B: 10.47 – 6.25 = 4.22g

 

Element

mass

At. Wt.

Relative no. of atoms

Simplest ratio

A

6.25g

207

6.25/207=0.03

0.03/0.03=1

B

4.22g

35.5

4.26/35.5=0.12

0.12/0.03=4

Hence, the empirical formula is AB4

 

Question 22

A hydride of nitrogen contains 87.5% per cent by mass of nitrogen. Determine the empirical formula of this compound.

Solution 22

Atomic ratio of N = 87.5/14 =6.25

Atomic ratio of H= 12.5/1 = 12.5

This gives us the simplest ratio as 1:2

So, the molecular formula is NH2

Question 23

A compound has O=61.32%, S= 11.15%, H=4.88% and Zn=22.65%.The relative molecular mass of the compound is 287 amu. Find the molecular formula of the compound, assuming that all the hydrogen is present as water of crystallization.

Solution 23

Element % at. mass atomic ratio simple ratio

Zn 22.65 65 0.348 1

H 4.88 1 4.88 14

S 11.15 32 0.348 1

O 61.32 16 3.83 11

Empirical formula of the given compound =ZnSH14O11

Empiricala formula mass = 65.37+32+141+11+16=287.37

Molecular mass = 287

n = Molecular mass/Empirical formula mass = 287/287=1

Molecular formula = ZnSO11H14

=ZnSO4.7H2O

 

 

Chapter 11 - Study of Compounds D. Sulphuric Acid Exercise Intext 1

Question 1

Comment, sulphuric acid is referred to as

(a) King of chemicals

(b) Oil of vitriol

Solution 1

(a) Sulphuric acid is called King of Chemicals because there is no other manufactured compound which is used by such a large number of key industries.

(b) Sulphuric acid is referred to as Oil of vitriol as it was obtained as an oily viscous liquid by heating crystals of green vitriol.

Question 2

Sulphuric acid is manufactured by contact process

(a) Give two balanced equations to obtain SO2 in this process.

(b) Give the conditions for the oxidation of SO2

(c) Name the catalyst used.

(d) Why H2SO4 is not obtained by directly reacting SO3 with water.

(e) Name the chemical used to dissolve SO3 and also name the product formed.

(f) Name a gas that can be oxidized to sulphur.

Solution 2

(a) Two balanced equations to obtain SO2 is:

(i) 4FeS2 + 11O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid2Fe2O3 +8SO2

(ii) S +O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidSO2

(b) The conditions for the oxidation of SO2 are:

(i) The temperature should be as low as possible. The yield has been found to be maximum at about 4100C-450oC

(ii) High pressure (2 atm) is favoured because the product formed has less volume than reactant.

(iii) Excess of oxygen increases the production of sulphur trioxide.

(iv) Vanadium pentoxide or platinised asbestos is used as catalyst.

(c) Vanadium pentoxide (V2O5)

(d) Sulphuric acid is not obtained directly by reacting SO3 with water because the reaction is highly exothermic which produce the fine misty droplets of sulphuric acid that is not directly absorbed by water.

(e)The chemical used to dissolve SO3 is concentrated sulphuric acid. The product formed is oleum.

(f) Hydrogen sulphide.

Question 3

Why the impurity of arsenic oxide must be removed before passing the mixture of SO2 and air through the catalytic chamber?

Solution 3

Impurity of ARSENIC poisons the catalyst [i.e. deactivates the catalyst]. So, it must be removed before passing the mixture of SO2 air through the catalytic chamber.

Question 4

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

 

(a) Name the catalyst which helps in the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide in step C.

(b) In the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric acid, sulphur trioxide is not converted to sulphuric acid by reacting it with water. Instead a two -steps procedure is used. Write the equations for the two steps involved in D.

(c) What type of substance will liberate sulphur dioxide from sodium sulphite in step E?

(d) Write the equation for the reaction by which sulphur dioxide is converted to sodium sulphite in step F.

Solution 4

(a) The catalyst which helps in the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide in step C is Vanadium pentoxide.

(b) The two steps for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to sulphuric acid is:

(i) SO3 + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidH2S2O7

(ii) H2S2O7 + H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid2H2SO4

(c)The substance that will liberate sulphur dioxide in step E is dilute H2SO4.

(d) The equation for the reaction by which sulphur dioxide is converted to sodium sulphite in step F is:

SO2+2NaOH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNa2SO3+H2O

         Or

Na2O+SO2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNa2SO3

Chapter 11 - Study of Compounds D. Sulphuric Acid Exercise Ex. 11

Question 1

Why is water not added to concentrated H2SO4 in order to dilute it?

Solution 1

Water is not added to concentrated acid since it is an exothermic reaction. If water is added to the acid, there is a sudden increase in temperature and the acid being in bulk tends to spurt out with serious consequences.

Question 2

Give two balanced reactions of each type to show the following properties of sulphuric acid.

(a) Acidic nature

(b) Oxidising agent

(d) Non-volatile nature

Solution 2

Balanced reactions are:

(a) Acidic nature:

(i) Dilute H2SO4 reacts with basic oxides to form sulphate and water.

2 NaOH+H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNa2SO4+2H2O

(ii) CuO+H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidCuSO4+H2O

(iii) It reacts with carbonate to produce CO2.

Na2CO3+H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNa2SO4+H2O+CO2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

(b) Oxidising agent:

H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidH2O +SO2 +[O]

Nascent oxygen oxidizes non-metals, metals and inorganic compounds.

For example,

Carbon to carbon dioxide

C+H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidCO2 +H2O +2SO2

Sulphur to sulphur dioxide

S +H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid3SO2 +2H2O

(d) Non-volatile nature:

It has a high boiling point (356oC) so it is considered to be non-volatile. Therefore, it is used for preparing volatile acids like hydrochloric acid, nitric acid from their salts by double decomposition reaction.

NaCl + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNaHSO4 +HCl

KCl + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidKHSO4 +HCl

Question 3

Give a chemical test to distinguish between:

(a) Dilute sulphuric acid and dilute hydrochloric acid

(b) Dilute sulphuric acid and conc.sulphuric acid

Solution 3

(a)Bring a glass rod dipped in Ammonia solution near the mouth of each test tubes containing dil. Hel and dil. H2SO4each.

Dil HCl

Dil. H2SO4

White fumes of ammonium chloride

No such fumes

 

(b)

1. Dilute sulphuric acid treated with zinc gives Hydrogen gas which bums with pop sound.

Concentrated H2SO4 gives SO2 gas with zinc and the gas turns Acidified potassium dichromate paper green.

2.Barium chloride solution gives white ppt. with dilute H2SO4, This white ppt. is insoluble in all acids.

Concentrated H2SO4 and NaCl mixture when heated gives dense white fumes if glass rod dipped in Ammonia solution is brought near it.

Question 4

Name the products formed when hot and concentrated sulphuric acid reacts with the following:

(a) Sulphur

(b) NaOH

(c) Sugar

(d) Carbon

(e) Copper

Solution 4

(a) When sulphuric acid reacts with sulphur the product formed is Sulphur dioxide is formed.

S +2H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid3SO2 + 2H2O

(b) When sulphuric acid reacts with sodium hydroxide it neutralizes base to form sodium sulphate.

2NaOH + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNa2SO4 + 2H2O

(c) When sulphuric acid reacts with sugar it forms carbon

C12 H22O11 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid12C + 11H2O

(d) When sulphuric acid reacts with carbon it forms carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide gas.

C +2H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidCO2 + 2H2O + 2SO2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

(e) When sulphuric acid reacts with copper it forms copper sulphate and sulphur dioxide.

Cu + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidCuSO4 + 2H2O + SO2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

Question 5

Why is:

(a) Concentrated sulphuric acid kept in air tight bottles?

(b) H2SO4 is not a drying agent for H2S?

(c) Sulphuric acid used in the preparation of HCl and HNO3? Give equation in both cases.

Solution 5

(a) Concentrated sulphuric acid is hygroscopic substance that absorbs moisture when exposed to air. Hence, it is stored in air tight bottles.

(b) Sulphuric acid is not a drying agent for H2S because it reacts with H2S to form sulphur.

H2SO4+H2S Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid2H2O+SO2+S Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

(c) Concentrated sulphuric acid has high boiling point (356oC). So, it is considered to be non-volatile. Hence, it is used for preparing volatile acids like Hydrochloric acid and Nitric acids from their salts by double decomposition.

NaCl+H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNaHSO4 +HCl

NaNO3 +H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNaHSO4 +HNO3

Question 6

What property of conc. H2SO4 is made use of in each of the following cases? Give an equation for the reaction in each case

(a) In the production of HCl gas when it reacts with a chlorine

(b) In the preparation of CO from HCOOH

(c) As a source of hydrogen by diluting it and adding a strip of magnesium

(d) In the preparation of sulphur dioxide by warming a mixture of conc. Sulphuric acid and copper -turnings.

(e) Hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through concentrated sulphuric acid

(f) Its reaction with (i) ethanol (ii) carbon

Solution 6

(a) Due to its reducing property. i.e, it is a non-volatile acid.

NaCl+ H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNaHSO4 + HCl

(Conc.)

(b) It is a dehydrating agent.

HCOOH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidCO + H2O

(c) Magnesium is present above hydrogen in the reactivity series so sulphuric acid is able to liberate hydrogen gas by reacting with magnesium strip.

Mg + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidMgSO4+H2

(d) Due to its oxidizing character

Cu +H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidCuSO4 +2H2O +SO2

(e) Due to its oxidizing property Hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through concentrated sulphuric acid to liberate sulphur dioxide and sulphur is formed.

H2S + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidS + 2H2O + SO2

(f) 

(i) Ethanol

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

(ii) Carbon

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

Question 7

What is the name given to the salts of:

(a) Sulphurous acid

(b) Sulphuric acid

Solution 7

The name of the salt of

(a) Hydrogen sulphites and Sulphites.

(b) Sulphate and bisulphate.

Question 8

Give reasons for the following.

(a) Sulphuric acid forms two types of salts with NaOH

(b) Red brown vapours are produced when concentrated sulphuric acid is added to hydrogen bromide.

(c) A piece of wood becomes black when concentrated sulphuric acid is poured on it

(d) Brisk effervescence is seen when oil of vitriol is added to sodium carbonate.

Solution 8

(a) Two types of salts are formed when sulphuric acid reacts with NaOH because sulphuric acid is dibasic.

NaOH + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNaHSO4 + H2O

2NaOH + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNa2SO4 + 2H2O

(b) When hydrogen bromide reacts with sulphuric acid the bromine gas is obtained which produce red brown vapours.

2KBr+3H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid2KHSO4+SO2+Br2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid+2H2O

(c) A piece of wood becomes black when concentrated sulphuric acid is poured on it because it gives a mass of carbon.

(d) When sulphuric acid is added to sodium carbonate it liberates carbon dioxide which produces brisk effervescence.

Na2CO3+H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNa2SO4 +H2O+CO2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

Question 9

Copy and complete the following table:

Column 1

Substance reacted with acid

Column 2

Dilute or concentrated acid

Column 3

Gas

 

 

Hydrogen

 

 

Carbon dioxide

 

 

Only chlorine

Solution 9

Column 1

Substance reacted with acid

Column 2

Dilute or concentrated acid

Column 3

Gas

Substance reacted with acid

Dilute or concentrated sulphuric acid

Gas

Zinc

Dilute sulphuric acid

Hydrogen

Calcium carbonate

Concentrated sulphuric acid

Carbon dioxide

Bleaching power CaOCl2

Dilute sulphuric acid

only chlorine

 

Question 10

Give the odour of gas evolved and name the gas produced when sodium sulphide is added to solution of HCl in water.

Solution 10

When sodium sulphide is added to solution of HCl, Hydrogen sulphide gas is produced. It has rotten egg like smell.

Question 11(a)

Which property of sulphuric acid accounts for its use as a dehydrating agent?

Solution 11(a)

Sulphuric acid is powerful dehydrating agent on account of its strong affinity towards water.

Question 11(b)

Concentrated sulphuric acid is both an oxidizing agent and a non-volatile acid. Write one equation. Each to illustrate the above mentioned properties of sulphuric acid.

Solution 11(b)

Concentrated sulphuric acid as

 i. Oxidising agent:

 The oxidising property of conc. sulphuric acid its due to the fact that on thermal decomposition, it yeilds nacent oxygen [O].

 H2SO4 H2O + SO2 + [O] 

 ii. Non-volatile acid:

 conc. sulphuric acid has high boiling point (338°C) that why it is said to be a non volitile compound, therefore it is used for preparing volatile acids like hydrochloric acids, nitric acids from there salts by double decomposition

  H2SO4 + NaCl → NaHSO4 + HCl

Question 12

Some properties of sulphuric acid are listed below. Choose the property A, B, C or D which is responsible for the reactions (i) to (v). Some properties may be repeated:

A. Acid

B. Dehydrating agent

C. Non-volatile acid

D. Oxidising agent

(i) C12H22O11 +nH2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid12C + 11H2O + nH2SO4

(ii) S + 2H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid3SO2 +2H2O

(iii) NaCl +H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNaHSO4 + HCl

(iv) CuO + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidCuSO4 +H2O

(v) Na2CO3 + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric AcidNa2SO4 + H2O +CO2

Solution 12

(i) B

(ii) D

(iii) C

(iv) A

(v) A

Question 13

(a) Name the acid formed when sulphur dioxide dissolves in water.

(b) Name the gas released when sodium carbonate is added to a solution of sulphur dioxide.

Solution 13

(a) The acid formed when sulphur dioxide dissolves in water is sulphurous acid.

(b) Carbondioxide gas is released when sodium carbonate is added to solution of sulphur dioxide.

Question 2008

  1. Dilute sulphuric acid will produce a white precipitate when added to a solution of :

 i. Copper nitrate

 ii. Zinc nitrate

 iii. Lead nitrate

 iv. Sodium nitrate

  1. Identify the following substance: Liquid E can be dehydrated to produce ethene.

c. Copy and complete the following table relating to an important industrial process and its final output.

Name of process

Inputs

Catalyst

Equation for catalyzed reaction output

Contact process

Sulphur dioxide + oxygen

 

 

 

  1. Making use only of substances given : dil. sulphuric acid, sodium carbonate, zinc, sodium. sulphite, lead, calcium carbonate : Give equations for the reactions by which you could obtain :

 i. hydrogen

 ii. sulphur dioxide

 iii. carbon dioxide

 iv. zinc carbonate [2 steps]

  1. What property of conc. H2SO4 :

 i. is used in the action when sugar turns black in its presence.

 ii. allows it to be used in the preparation of HCl and HNO3 acids.

f. Write the equations for :

 i. dil. H2SO4 and barium chloride

 ii. dil. H2SO4 and sodium sulphuide

Solution 2008

a. (C) Lead nitrate

b. Liquid E is Ethanol.

c. 

Name of process

Inputs

Catalyst

Equation for catalyzed reaction output

 

 

output

Contact process

Sulphur dioxide + oxygen

Platinum or V2O5

2SO2 + O2  2SO3

Sulphuric acid

d.  

 i. Zn + dil. H2SO4→ ZnSO4 + H2 

 ii. Na2CO3 + dil. H2SO4→ Na2SO4 + H2O + CO2

 iii. Pb(NO3) + dil. H2SO4→ PbSO4  + 2HNO3

 iv. Zn + dil. H2SO4→ ZnSO4 + H2

ZnSO4 + Na2CO3→ ZnCO3 + Na2SO4

e.  

 i. The property of concentrated sulphuric acid which allows it to be used in is used in the action when sugar turns black in its presence is its dehydrating property. 

 ii. The property of concentrated sulphuric acid which allows it to be used in the preparation of hydrogen chloride and nitric acid is its non-volatility.

H2SO4 + BaCl2 →  BaSO4 + 2HCl

Question 2009

a. Name the gas evolved [formula is not acceptable]. The gas that can be oxidised to sulphur.

Solution 2009

Hydrogen Chloride

Question 2010

a. Give the equation for :

 i. Heat on sulphur with conc. sulphuric acid

 ii. Reaction of - sugar with conc. sulphuric acid.

b. Give a balanced equation for the conversion of zinc oxide to zinc sulphate.

c. Select the correct answer from A, B, C.

A. Sodium hydroxide solution

B. A weak acid

C. Dilute sulphuric acid.

The solution which liberates sulphur dioxide gas, from sodium sulphite.

Solution 2010

a.  

 i. S + H2SO4 3SO2 +2H2O.

 ii. C12H22O11  + Conc. H2SO4 6C + 6H2O

b. ZnO + H2SO4 ZnSO4 + H2O. 

c. C) Dilute sulphuric acid. 

Question 2011

a. State your observation when - Sugar crystals are added to a hard glass test tube containing conc. sulphuric acid.

b. Choose the correct answer from the choices - The gas evolved when dil. sulphuric acid reacts with iron sulphide.

 i. Hydrogen sulphide

 ii. Sulphur dioxide

 iii. Sulphur trioxide

 iv. Vapour of sulphuric acid

c. Give a balanced equation for :

 i. Dilute sulphuric acid is poured over sodium sulphite.

 ii. Manufacture of sulphuric acid by the - contact process.

d. State the property of sulphuric acid shown by the reaction of conc. sulphuric acid when heated with

 i. potassium nitrate

 ii. carbons

Solution 2011

a. Charring of sugar takes place. Sulphuric acid dehydrates sugar leaving behind carbon which is black in colour.

b. i. Hydrogen sulphide

c. i. Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

ii.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

d. 

 i. Non-volatile nature

 ii. as an oxidising agent

Question 2012

a. Name - The gas produced on reaction of dilute sulphuric acid with a metallic sulphide.

b. Some properties of sulphuric acid are listed below. Choose the role played by sulphuric acid as A, B, C or D which is responsible for the reactions (i) to (v). Some role/s may be repeated.

 1. Dilute acid

 2 Dehydrating agent

 3. Non-volatile acid

 4. Oxidising agent

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid 

c. Give balanced equation for the reaction : Zinc sulphide and dilute sulphuric acid.

Solution 2012

a. Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S).

b. 

 i. (B) Dehydrating agent

 ii. (D) Oxidising agent

 iii. (C) Non-volatile acid

 iv. (A) Dilute acid

 v. (D) Oxidising agent

c. ZnS + dil.H2SO4 ZnSO4 + H2S

Question 2013

a. State one appropriate observation for : Conc. H2SO4 is added to a crystal of hydrated copper sulphate.

b. In the given equation - S + 2H2SO4→ 3SO2 + 2H2O :

 Identify the role played by conc. H2SO4.

 i. Non-volatile acid

 ii. Oxidising agent

 iii. Dehydrating agent

 iv. None of the above

c. Give a balanced equation for : Dehydration of concentrated sulphuric acid with sugar crystals.

d. Identify the substance underlined : A dilute mineral acid which forms a white precipitate when treated with barium chloride solution.

Solution 2013

a. when Conc. H2SO4 is added to a crystal of hydrated copper sulphate,it removes water of crystalisation from salt.

b. ii. Oxidising agent 

c. C12H22O11 + Conc. H2SO4 6C + 6H2O

d. Sulphuric acid (H2SO4)

Question 2014

a. Write balanced equations for the following : Action of concentrated sulphuric acid on carbon.

b. Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds using the test given within brackets. Dilute sulphuric acid and dilute hydrochloric acid [using barium chloride solution].

c. State the conditions required for the following reactions to take place : The conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxde.

d. Give one equation each to show the following properties of sulphuric acid :

 i. Dehydrating property

 ii. Acidic nature

 iii. As a non-volatile acids

Solution 2014

a. C + H2SO4 CO2 + 2H2O + 2SO2.

b. Sulphuric acid precipitates the insoluble sulphate of barium from the solution of barium chloride.

BaCl2 + H2SO4 BaSO4 + 2HCl

Dilute HCl does not react with barium chloride solution, and thus, no precipitate is produced in the reaction.

c. Two conditions for the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide is as follows: 

Temperature: 450-500° C Catalyst: V2O5

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid 

d.  

 i. Dehydrating property of sulphuric acid:

H2SO4 has a great affinity for water, and therefore, it acts as a dehydrating agent. 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds D Sulphuric Acid

 ii. Acidic nature of sulphuric acid:

 It acts as a strong dibasic acid.

 H2SO4 2Hi+ + SO42-

 It reacts with metals, metal oxides, metal hydroxides, carbonates etc. to form metallic sulphates and hydrogen at ordinary temperature.

 Mg + H2SO4 MgSO4 + H2 

 CuO + H2SO4 CuSO4 + H2O

 2NaOH + H2SO4 Na2SO4 + 2H2O

 ZnCO3 + H2SO4 ZnSO4 + H2O + CO2 

 iii. As a non-volatile acid:  

It has a high boiling point, so it is used to prepare volatile acids such as HCl, HNO3 and acetic acid from their salts.

NaCl + H2SO4→ NaHSO4 + HCl

NaNO3 + H2SO4→ NaHSO4 + HNO3

CH3COONa + H2SO4→ NaHSO4  + CH3COOH

Question 2015

(a) In the manufacture of sulphuric acid by contact process, give the equations for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to sulphuric acid.

(b) Give equations for the action of sulphuric acid on

(i) Potassium hydrogen carbonate

(ii) Sulphur

(c) Identify the acid in each case.

(i) Acid which produces sugar charcoal from sugar

(ii) Acid on mixing with lead nitrate solution produces white ppt. which is insoluble even on heating

Solution 2015

(a) In the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric acid, the equations for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to sulphuric acid are

 SO3 + H2SO4 → H2S2O7

  (oleum or pyrosulphuric acid)

 

 H2S2O7 + H2O → 2H2SO4

(b)  

(i) Action of sulphuric acid on potassium hydrogen carbonate

 2KHCO3+ H2SO4→ K2SO4+ 2H2O + 2CO2↑ 

(ii) Action of sulphuric acid on sulphur

 S + 2H2SO4→ 3SO2 + 2H2O

(c)  

(i) Concentrated sulphuric acid

(ii) Concentrated sulphuric acid

 

 

Chapter 10 - Study of Compounds C. Nitric Acid Exercise Intext 1

Question 1

What is: (a) aqua fortis (b) aqua regia (c) Fixation of Nitrogen?

Solution 1

(a) Aqua fortis: Nitric acid is called aqua fortis. Aqua fortis means strong water. It is so called because it reacts with nearly all metals.

(b) Aqua Regia: Conc. Nitric acid (1part by volume) when mixed with conc. Hydrochloric acid (3 parts by volume) gives a mixture called aqua regia. It means Royal water.

HNO3 +3HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidNOCl +2H2O +2[Cl]

(c) Fixation of Nitrogen: The conversion of free atmospheric nitrogen into useful nitrogenous compounds in the soil is known as fixation of atmospheric nitrogen.

Question 2

During thunderstorm, rain water contains nitric acid. Explain with reactions.

Solution 2

During lightning discharge, the nitrogen present in the atmosphere reacts with oxygen to form nitric oxide.

N2+ O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2NO

Nitric oxide is further oxidized to nitrogen dioxide.

2NO +O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2NO2

The nitrogen dioxide dissolves in atmospheric moisture in the presence of oxygen of the air and forms nitric acid which is washed down by the rain and combines with the salt present on the surface of the earth.

4NO2+2H2O +O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid4HNO3

Question 3

Ammonia is used in the Ostwald process.

(a) Give the source of reactants used in the process.

(b) Name the catalyst used in the process.

(c) Name the oxidising agent used in this process.

(d) What is the ratio of ammonia and air taken in this process?

(e) Why is quartz used in the process?

Solution 3

(a) A mixture of air and dry ammonia in the ratio of 10:1 by volume

(b) Platinum gauze

(c) Oxygen

(d) ammonia : dry air :: 1 : 10

(e) Quartz is acid resistant. When packed in layers, it helps in dissolving nitrogen dioxide uniformly in water.

Question 4

(a) Write a balanced chemical equation for the laboratory preparation of nitric acid.

(b) In the preparation of nitric acid from KNO3, concentrated hydrochloric acid is not used in place of concentrated sulphuric acid. Explain why?

(c) Conc. Nitric acid prepared in the laboratory is yellow in colour .Why? How is this colour removed?

(d) Give reasons for the following:

In the laboratory preparation of nitric acid, the mixture of concentrated sulphuric acid and sodium nitrate should not be heated very strongly above 200oC.

Solution 4

(a)Chemical equation is:

KNO3 +H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidKHSO4 +HNO3

(b) Concentrated hydrochloric acid cannot replace Conc. Sulphuric acid for the preparation of nitric acid because hydrochloric acid is volatile acid and hence nitric acid vapours will carry HCl vapours.

(c) Conc. Nitric acid prepared in the laboratory is yellow in colour due to the dissolution of reddish brown coloured nitrogen dioxide gas in acid. This gas is produced due to the thermal dissociation of a portion of nitric acid.

4HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2H2O + 4NO2 + O2

The yellow colour of the acid is removed:

If dry air or CO2 is bubbled through the yellow acid, the acid turns colourless because it drives out NO2 from warm acid which is further oxidized to nitric acid.

By addition of excess of water, nitrogen dioxide gas dissolves in water and thus the yellow colour of the acid is removed.

(d)The temperature of the mixture of concentrated sulphuric acid and sodium nitrate should not exceed 200oC because sodium sulphate formed at higher temperature forms a hard crust which sticks to the walls of the retort and is difficult to remove. At higher temperature nitric acid may also decompose.

NaNO3 + NaHSO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidNa2SO4 + HNO3

 

Question 5(a)

Nitric acid cannot be concentrated beyond 68% by the distillation of dilute solution of HNO3. State the reason.

Solution 5(a)

Nitric acid forms a constant boiling mixture with water containing 68% acid. This mixture boils constantly at constant boiling point without any change in its composition. At this temperature, the gas and the water vapour escape together. Hence the composition of the solution remains unchanged. So nitric acid cannot be concentrated beyond 68% by distillation of dilute solution of HNO3.

Question 5(b)

What is passive iron? How is passivity removed?

Solution 5(b)

Iron becomes inert when reacted with nitric acid due to the formation of extremely thin layer of insoluble metallic oxide which stops the reaction.

Passivity can be removed by rubbing the surface layer with the sand paper or by treating with strong reducing agent.

Question 6

Name the product formed when :

(a) Carbon and conc. Nitric acid is heated

(b) Dilute HNO3 is added to copper.

Solution 6

(a) When carbon and conc. Nitric acid is heated the products formed are Carbon dioxide, Nitrogen dioxide and water.

C + 4HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidCO2 + 2H2O +4NO2

(b) Copper when reacts with dilute HNO3 forms Copper nitrate, Nitric oxide and water.

3Cu + 8 HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid3Cu(NO3) 2 +4H2O + 2NO

Question 7

Give two chemical equations for each of the following:

(a) Reactions of nitric acid with non-metals.

(b) Nitric acid showing acidic character.

(c) Nitric acid acting as oxidizing agent.

Solution 7

(a) Reaction of nitric acid with non-metals:

C + 4HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidCO2 + 2H2O + 4 NO2

S + 6 HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidH2SO4 + 2H2O + 6 NO2

(b) Nitric acid showing acidic character:

K2O + 2HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2KNO3 + H2O

ZnO + 2HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidZn(NO3)2 + H2O

(c) Nitric acid acting as oxidizing agent

P4 +20HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid4H3PO4 + 4H2O + 20NO2

3Zn +8HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid3Zn(NO3)2 +4H2O +2NO

Question 8

Write the balanced equations and name the products formed when :

(a) Sodium hydrogen carbonate is added to nitric acid.

(b) Cupric oxide reacts with dilute nitric acid.

(c) Zinc reacts with dilute nitric acid.

(d) Concentrated nitric acid is heated.

Solution 8

(a) When Sodium hydrogen carbonate is added to nitric acid sodium nitrate, carbon dioxide and water is formed.

NaHCO3 + HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidNaNO3 +H2O +CO2

(b) When Cupric oxide reacts with dilute nitric acid, it forms Copper nitrate.

CuO +2HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidCu(NO3)2 +H2O

(c) Zinc reacts with nitric acid to form Zinc nitrate, nitric oxide and water.

3 Zn +8HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid3Zn(NO3)2 +4H2O +2NO

(d) 4HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2H2O + 4NO2 + O2

Question 9

How will you prepare the following from nitric acid?

(a) Sodium nitrate

(b) Copper nitrate

(c) Lead nitrate

(d) Magnesium nitrate

(e) Ferric nitrate

(f) Aqua regia

Solution 9

 

(a) Sodium nitrate:

NaOH + HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidNaNO3 +H2O

Sodium hydroxide reacts with nitric acid to form sodium nitrate.

(b) Copper nitrate:

CuO + 2HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidCu(NO3)2 + H2O

Copper oxide reacts with nitric acid to form copper nitrate.

(c) Lead nitrate:

Pb +4HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidPb(NO3)2 +2H2O +2NO2

Lead reacts with conc. nitric acid to form lead nitrate.

(d) Magnesium nitrate:

Mg +2HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidMg(NO3)2 +H2

Magnesium with dil. nitric acid to form magnesium nitrate.

(e) Ferric nitrate:

Fe + 6HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidFe(NO3)3 +3H2O + 3NO2

Iron reacts with conc. nitric acid to form ferric nitrate.

(f) Aqua regia:

HNO3 + 3HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidNOCl +2H2O +2[Cl]

Nitric acid reacts with hydrochloric acid to form a mixture called aqua regia.

Question 10

Write the equation for following conversions A, B , C and D.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

Solution 10

A: Copper can be converted into copper nitrate.

3Cu + 8HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid3Cu(NO3)2 + 4H2O+ 2NO

B:2Cu(NO3)2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2CuO + 4NO2 + O2

C:2Cu+ O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2CuO

D:By reduction

2CuO + C Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2Cu + CO2

Question 11

Correct the following , if required:

(a) HNO3 is a strong reducing agent.

(b) NaNO3 gives NO2 and O2 on heating.

(c) Constant boiling nitric acid contains 80% nitric acid by weight.

(d) Nitric acid remains colourless even when exposed to light.

Solution 11

(a) HNO3 is strong oxidizing agent.

(b) NaNO3 gives NaNO2 and oxygen on heating.

(c) Constant boiling nitric acid contains 68% nitric acid by weight.

(d) Nitric acid turns yellow solution when exposed to light.

Chapter 10 - Study of Compounds C. Nitric Acid Exercise Ex. 10

Question 1

Choose the correct answer:

(a) The nitrate salt which does not give a mixture of NO2 and O2 on heating is:

(i) AgNO3

(ii) KNO3

(iii) Cu(NO3)2

(iv) Zn(NO3)2

(b) The chemical used in the brown ring test is:

(i) CuSO4

(ii) FeSO4

(iii) Fe2(SO4)3

(iv) ZnSO4

(c) Lead nitrate decomposes on heating to give:

(i) NO

(ii) N2O

(iii) NO2

(iv) N2O5

Solution 1

(a)KNO3

(b) FeSO4

(c) NO2

Question 2

Name:

(a) A nitrate of metal which on heating does not give nitrogen dioxide.

(b) A nitrate which on heating leaves no residue behind.

(c) A metal nitrate which on heating is changed into metal oxide.

(d) A metal nitrate which on heating is changed into metal.

(e) A solution which absorbs nitric oxide.

(f) The oxide of nitrogen which turns brown on exposure to air. How is it prepared?

Solution 2

(a) Sodium nitrate

2NaNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2NaNO2 +O2

(b) A nitrate which on heating leaves no residue behind- Ammonium nitrate.

(c) A metal nitrate which on heating is changed into metal oxide- Calcium nitrate

(d) A metal nitrate which on heating is changed into metal- Silver nitrate

(e) A solution which absorbs nitric oxide- Freshly prepared ferrous sulphate

(f) The oxide of nitrogen which turns brown on exposure to air. - nitric oxide

By catalytic oxidation of ammonia.

4 NH3 + 5 O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid4 NO + 6 H2O + Heat

Question 3

Mention three important uses of nitric acid. Give the property of nitric acid involved in the use.

Solution 3

Three important uses of Nitric acid and the property of nitric acid involved is:

S.NO.

Use

Property

1.

To etch designs on copper and brassware.

Nitric acid act as solvent for large number of metals.

2.

To purify gold.

Impurities like Cu, Ag, Zn, etc. dissolve in nitric acid.

3.

Preparation of aqua regia.

Dissolves noble metals.

Question 4

(a) Explain with the help of a balanced equation, the brown ring test for nitric acid.

(b) Why is freshly prepared ferrous sulphate solution used for testing the nitrate radical in the brown ring test?

Solution 4

(a) Brown ring test

Procedure:

(i) Add freshly prepared saturated solution of iron (II)sulphate to the aq. solution of nitric acid.

(ii) Now add conc. Sulphuric acid carefully from the sides of the test tube, so that it should not fall drop wise in the test tube.

(iii) Cool the test tube in water.

(iv) A brown ring appears at the junction of the two liquids.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

(b)A freshly prepared ferrous sulphate solution is used because on exposure to the atmosphere, it is oxidized to ferric sulphate which will not give the brown ring.

Question 5

From the following list of substances, choose one substance in each case which matches the description given below:

Ammonium nitrate, Calcium hydrogen carbonate, copper carbonate, lead nitrate, potassium nitrate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, zinc carbonate.

(a) A nitrate which gives off only oxygen when heated.

(b) A nitrate which on heating decomposes into dinitrogen oxide (nitrous oxide) and steam.

(c) A nitrate which gives off oxygen and nitrogen dioxide when heated.

Solution 5

(a) Potassium nitrate

(b) Ammonium nitrate

(c) Lead nitrate

Question 6

The action of heat on the blue crystalline solid X gives a reddish brown gas Y, a gas which re-lights a glowing splint and leaves a black residue. When gas Z, which has a rotten egg smell, is passed through a solution of X, a black ppt. is formed.

a. Identify X, Y and Z.

b. Write the equation for action of heat on X.

c. Write the equation between solution X and gas Z.

Solution 6

a. X is copper nitrate.

Y is nitrogen dioxide.

Z is hydrogen sulphate.

b.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

c.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

Question 7

X, Y and Z are three crystalline solids which are soluble in water and have common anion.

To help you to identify X, Y and Z you are provided with the following experimental observations. Copy and complete the corresponding inferences in (a) to (f).

(a) A reddish -brown gas is obtained when X, Y and Z are separately warmed with concentrated sulphuric acid and copper turning added to the mixture.

Inference 1: The common anion is the _____ion.

(b) When X is heated, it melts and gives off only one gas which re-lights a glowing splint.

Inference2: The cation in X is either _____ or _____.

(c) The action of heat on Y produces a reddish brown gas and yellow residue which fuses with glass of the test tube.

Inference3: The metal ion present in Y is the____ ion.

(d) When Z is heated, it leaves no residue. Warming Z with sodium hydroxide solution liberates a gas which turns moist red litmus paper blue.

Inference4: Z contains the ____ cation.

(e) Write the equations for the following reactions:

(1)X and concentrated sulphuric acid (below 200oC). (One equation only for either of the cations given in Inference 2)

(2)Action of heat on Y.

(3) Concentrated nitric acid is added to copper turnings kept in a beaker.

Solution 7

(a) Nitrate.

(b) Sodium or potassium

(c) Lead

(d) Ammonia

(e) (1)KNO3 + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidKHSO4 + HNO3

     (2) 2Pb(NO3)2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid2PbO + 4NO2 +O2

     (3) Cu +4HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric AcidCu(NO3)2 +H2O +2NO2

Question 8

a. Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical acid except for its reaction with metals. In what way is dilute nitric acid different from other acids when it reacts with metals?

b. Write the equation for the reaction of dilute nitric acid and conc. nitric acid with copper.

Solution 8

a. Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical acid except for its reaction with metals because it does not liberate hydrogen. It is a powerful oxidising agent, and nascent oxygen formed oxidises hydrogen in water.

b. 

 i. Reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper:

  3Cu + 8HNO3→ 3Cu(NO3) + 4H2O + 2NO

 ii. Reaction of conc. nitric acid with copper:

 Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu(NO3) + 2H2O + 2NO2

Question 9

Explain why:

a. Only all-glass apparatus should be used for the preparation of nitric acid by heating concentrated sulphuric acid and potassium nitrate.

b. Nitric acid is kept in a reagent bottle for a long time.

Solution 9

a. The glass apparatus is purposely used because nitric acid vapours are highly corrosive in nature and corrode cork, rubber etc. if used as a stopper.

b. Pure nitric acid is unstable to heat or sunlight. In the presence of sunlight, it decomposes even at room temperature.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

 Nitric acid stored in a bottle turns yellow. This colour is due to dissolved NO2 in HNO3. To avoid decomposition, nitric acid is normally stored in coloured bottles.

Question 10

The figure given below illustrates the apparatus used in the laboratory preparation of nitric acid.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

a. Name A (a liquid), B (a solid) and C (a liquid). (Do not give the formulae).

b. Write an equation to show how nitric acid undergoes decomposition.

c. Write the equation for the reaction in which copper is oxidised by concentrated nitric acid.

Solution 10

a. A (a liquid): Conc.  sulphuric acid

B (a solid): Sodium nitrate

C (a liquid): Nitric acid

b.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

c. 

i. Reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper:

  3Cu + 8HNO3→ 3Cu(NO3) + 4H2O + 2NO

ii. Reaction of conc. nitric acid with copper:

  Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu(NO3) + 2H2O + 2NO2

Question 11

a. A dilute acid B does not normally give hydrogen when reacted with metals but does give a gas when reacts with copper. Identify B. Write the equation with copper.

b. Complete the table:

Name of Process

Inputs

Equation

Output

 

Ammonia + Air

 

Nitric acid

 

c. What is the property of nitric acid which allows it to react with copper?

Solution 11

a. The dilute acid is nitric acid.

 Reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper:

 3Cu + 8HNO3 →3Cu(NO3) + 4H2O + 2NO

b. 

Name of Process

Inputs

Equations

Output

Ostwald process

Ammonia + Air

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

Nitric acid

 

c. Its oxidising property allows it to react with copper.

Question 2012

a. Name the gas produced when copper reacts with conc. HNO3.

b. State your observation: Zinc nitrate crystals are strongly heated.

c. Correct the statement: Magnesium reacts with nitric acid to liberate hydrogen gas.

d. Iron is rendered passive with fuming HNO3. Give reason.

e. Give the balanced equation for dilute nitric acid and copper carbonate.

Solution 2012

a. Nitrogen dioxide gas is produced when copper reacts with conc. HNO3.

b. When zinc nitrate crystals are strongly heated, they decompose into yellow-coloured zinc oxides and nitrogen dioxides, and oxygen gas is liberated.

c. Very dilute (about 1%) acid reacts with magnesium at room temperature to give magnesium nitrate and hydrogen gas.

d. Iron is rendered passive with fuming HNO3. This is due to the formation of insoluble metallic oxide which stops the reaction.

e.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

Question 2013

a. Identify the gas evolved when

 i. Sulphur is treated with conc. nitric acid.

 ii. A few crystals of KNO3 are heated in a hard glass test tube.

b. State two relevant observations for: Lead nitrate crystals are heated in a hard glass test tube.

c. Give a balanced equation for: Oxidation of carbon with conc. HNO3.

Solution 2013

a. 

 i. When sulphur is treated with conc. nitric acid, it produces nitrogen dioxide gas.

 ii. When a few crystals of KNO3 are heated in a hard glass test tube, it decomposes to form KNO2, and O2 gas is librated.

b. First, it decomposes with slight decrepitation, and second, it is reddish brown in colour when hot. After cooling, it turns yellow and fuses in glass.

c.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

Question 2014

a. Fill in the blank:

 Cold dil. nitric acid reacts with copper to form (hydrogen, nitrogen dioxide, nitric oxide).

b. Give balanced equations for the following:

 i. Laboratory preparation of nitric acid.

 ii. Action of heat on a mixture of copper and nitric acid.

Solution 2014

a. Nitric oxide

b. 

 i.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds C Nitric Acid

 ii. Reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper:

3Cu + 8HNO3→ 3Cu(NO3) + 4H2O + 2NO Reaction of conc. nitric acid with copper:

Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu(NO3) + 2H2O + 2NO2

Question 2015 (a)

(a) Identify the acid

 (i) The acid which is used in the preparation of a non-volatile acid.

 (ii) The acid which is prepared by catalytic oxidation of ammonia. 

Solution 2015 (a)

(i) Sulphuric acid 

(ii) Nitric acid 

Question 2015 (b)

State one relevant observation for each of the following:

When crystals of copper nitrate are heated in a test tube. 

Solution 2015 (b)

Reddish brown nitrogen dioxide gas is released, and the residue left behind is black copper oxide. 

Question 2015 (c)

Explain the following:

(i) Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical acid but not so in its reaction with metals.

(ii) Concentrated nitric add appears yellow when it is left standing in a glass bottle.

(iii) An all glass apparatus is used in the laboratory preparation of nitric acid.

Solution 2015 (c)

(i) Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical acid but not in its reaction with metals, because the action of nitric acid on metals depends on the temperature and concentration of nitric acid. These conditions are not required in case of hydrochloric acid or sulphuric acid.

(ii) Although pure concentrated nitric acid is colourless, it appears yellow when left standing in a glass bottle due to the dissolution of reddish brown nitrogen dioxide gas in the acid. Nitrogen dioxide is produced because of the thermal decomposition of a portion of nitric acid.

 4HNO3 → 2H2O + 4NO2 + O2

(iii) An all-glass apparatus is used in the laboratory preparation of nitric acid, because nitric acid vapour corrodes rubber and cork.

 

 

Chapter 7 - Metallurgy Exercise Ex. 7C

Question 1

State the position of aluminium in the periodic table.

Solution 1

Position in the Periodic Table: Period 3,Group IIIA(13)

Question 2

(a) Give the chemical names and formulae of the main ores of (i) aluminium, (ii) iron and (iii) zinc.

(b) Which impurities are present in bauxite?

(c) What is red mud, how is it removed?

Solution 2

(a)

(i) Ores of aluminium

 

Name

Chemical name

Formula

Bauxite

Hydrated aluminium oxide

Al3O32H2O

Cryolite

Sodium aluminium oxide

Na3AlF6

 

 

 

(ii)Ores of iron

 

Name

Chemical name

Formula

Red haematite

Anhydrous ferric oxide

Fe2O3

Brown haematite

Hydrated ferric oxide

2Fe2O3.3H2O

(b) Bauxite ore contains approximately 60% aluminium oxide. The rest being sand, ferric oxide and titanium oxide.

(c) Red mud consists of ferric oxide, sand etc. left after bauxite dissolves in NaOH forming sodium aluminate and is removed by filtration.

(i)Ores of aluminium

Question 3

In order to obtain 1 tonne of aluminium, the following inputs are required: 4 tonnes of bauxite, 150 kg of sodium hydroxide and 600 kg of graphite. The aluminium compound in bauxite is aluminium oxide and the main impurity is iron (III) oxide. Aluminium is obtained by the electrolysis of aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite.

a. When bauxite is treated with sodium hydroxide solution, what happens to

 i. the aluminium oxide

 ii. the iron (III) oxide

b. 

 i. Name the process used for the purification of bauxite.

 ii. Write the equation for the action of heat on aluminium hydroxide.

c.  

 i. Write the formula of cryolite.

 ii. Write down the word which correctly completes the following sentence. By dissolving aluminium oxide in cryolite a (conducting/non-conducting) solution is produced.

 iii. Why is so much graphite required for the electrolytic process?

 iv. Write the equation for the reaction which takes place at the cathode.

 v. What is cathode made up of?

Solution 3

a. 

i. Aluminium oxide dissolves in sodium hydroxide and forms sodium meta aluminate leaving behind insoluble impurities consisting of ferric oxide which is removed by filtration.

 

    Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy 

b.  

i. The process used for the purification of bauxite is Baeyer's process.

ii. Action of heat on aluminium hydroxide:

 

   Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy

c.  

i.  Formula of cryolite is

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy

ii. By dissolving aluminium oxide in cryolite, a  conducting solution is produced.

iii. Thick graphite rods are used as the anode. The anode has to be replaced from time to time, as it gets oxidised by evolved oxygen.

iv. Reaction at the cathode:

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy

v. The cathode is made of carbon.

Question 4

Aluminium is extracted from its chief ore, bauxite. The ore is first purified and then the metal is extracted from it by electrolytic reduction.

a. Write three balanced equations for the purification of bauxite.

b. Name a chemical used for dissolving aluminium oxide. In which state of subdivision is the chemical used?

c. Write an equation for the reaction which takes place at the anode during the extraction of aluminium by the electrolytic process.

d. Mention one reason for the use of aluminium in thermite welding.

Solution 4

a. Balanced equations for the purification of bauxite:  

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy 

b. Chemicals used for dissolving aluminium oxide: Fluorspar and cryolite Alumina 20%, cryolite 60%, fluorspar 20%

C.At anode: Al - 3e- → Al3+

d. Aluminium is a good reducing agent used for thermite welding.

Question 5

a. A to F below relate to the source and extraction of either zinc or aluminium:

A. Bauxite

B. Coke

C. Cryolite

D. Froth floatation

E. Sodium hydroxide solution

F. Zinc blende

 i. Write down the three letters each from the above list which are relevant to

1. Zinc

2. Aluminium

 ii. Fill in the blanks using the most appropriate words from A to F.

1. The ore from which aluminium is extracted must first be treated with ………………. so that pure aluminium oxide can be obtained.

2. Pure aluminium oxide is dissolved in ….. to make a conducting solution.

 iii. Write the formula of cryolite.

Solution 5

a. 

 i. 

1. Zinc

 Zinc blende, Froth flotation, Coke

2. Aluminium

 Cryolite, Bauxite, Sodium hydroxide solution

b. 

 ii. 

1. The ore from which aluminium is extracted must first be treated with sodium hydroxide solution so that pure aluminium oxide can be obtained.

2. Pure aluminium oxide is dissolved in cryolite  to make a conducting solution.

 iii. Formula of cryolite is Na3AlF6.

Question 6

Explain with reasons:

(a) In the electrolytic reduction of alumina, the graphite anode is gradually consumed.

                                                               or

      Why the anode has to be replaced in this process?

(b) Roasting is carried out on sulphide ores and not on carbonates ores.

(c) Carbon can reduce lead oxide but not aluminium oxide.

(d) Electrolytic reduction is done to obtain aluminium.

(e) Why 'food containing iron salts' should not be cooked in aluminium utensils?

(f) A neutral gas other than oxygen is formed at the anode during electrolysis of fused alumina.

Solution 6

(a) In the electrolytic reduction of alumina, the graphite (anode) is oxidized by oxygen to CO and further forms CO2, so it is consumed and has to be replaced from time to time.

2C + O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy2CO

2CO + O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Metallurgy2CO2

(b) Roasting provides oxygen to convert metallic sulphides into metallic oxide and SO2 which takes place when heated in excess of air.

Carbonate is converted into oxide by loss of CO2 which takes place in the absence of air and when heated strongly.

(c) Aluminium has a great affinity towards oxygen and so cannot be reduced by carbon or carbon monoxide or hydrogen whereas lead oxide can be easily reduced to metal lead by carbon.

PbO + C Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - MetallurgyPb + CO

(d) Aluminium oxide is a very stable compound because of its great affinity for oxygen. It is not reduced easily by common reducing agents such as carbon or hydrogen. Hence, electrolytic reduction is done to obtain aluminium.

(e) Aluminium comes before iron in the metal activity series so it can displace iron from iron salts; thus, food containing iron salts should not be cooked in aluminium utensils.

(f) An anode is made of carbon which gets oxidised in the presence of oxygen to form carbon monoxide which is a neutral gas. 

2C + O2 → 2CO

An anode is made of carbon which gets oxidised in the presence of oxygen to form carbon monoxide which is a neutral gas. 

2C + O2 → 2CO

Question 7

For each substance listed below, explain its significance in the extraction of aluminium:

a. Bauxite

b. Sodium hydroxide

c. Cryolite

d. Graphite

Solution 7

a. Bauxite Aluminium is extracted from bauxite ore. It contains 60% Al2O3

b. Sodium hydroxide The ore from which aluminium is extracted must first be treated with sodium hydroxide solution so that pure aluminium oxide can be obtained.

c. Cryolite It lowers the fusion temperature and enhances conductivity.

d. Graphite Thick graphite rods are used as the anode in electrolytic reduction.

Question 8

Distinguish between electrolytic methods of reduction and refining.

Solution 8

Electrolytic Reduction

(i)It is removal of oxide or halide from a metal.

(ii)Oxides of highly active metals like Na,K,Ca,Mg,Al are reduced by electrolytic reduction of their fused salts.

(iii)Oxides of these metals have great affinity for oxygen than carbon and cannot be reduced by carbon or CO or hydrogen.

Electrolytic refining of metals is the separation of residual impurities like Si and phosphorus.

(i)Presence of other metals and non-metals like Si and phosphorus.

(ii)Unreduced oxides and sulphides of metals.

It depends upon:

(i)Nature of metal

(ii)Purpose for which metal is to be obtained.

(iii)Nature of impurities present.

Impure metal is made anode while a thin sheet of pure metal is made cathode and electrolyte used is a salt of solution of a metal to be refined.

Question 9

Give three ways in which the metal zinc differs from the non-metal carbon. At least one of the differences must be a chemical difference.

Solution 9

The three ways in which metal zinc differs from the non-metal carbon is:

1. Zinc has a valency 2 and carbon has valency 4.

2. Zinc does not form hydride but carbon does (CH4).

3. Oxides of zinc are amphoteric (ZnO) whereas oxides of carbon are acidic (CO2) and neutral (CO).

Question 10

a. Aluminium is a more active metal than iron but suffers less corrosion. Why?

b. Explain and give reasons why aluminium vessels should not be cleaned with powders containing alkalis.

Solution 10

a. When aluminium is exposed to the atmospheric air, it combines with oxygen and a film of aluminium oxide (Al2O3) is formed at the surface. This hard, tightly adhering film of aluminium oxide prevents corrosion.

b. Aluminium vessels should not be cleaned with powders containing alkalis because aluminium reacts with alkalis to produce meta aluminate.

Question 11

Fill in the blanks:

(a) During the concentration of bauxite ore, aluminium goes in ………. (soluble/insoluble) part because of its …………… (acidic/basic/amphoteric) nature.

(b) In Hoope's process, pure aluminium is collected at the …………… (top/bottom) of the electrolytic cell.

Solution 11

(a) During the concentration of bauxite ore, aluminium goes in the soluble part because of its amphoteric nature.

(b) In Hoope's process, pure aluminium is collected at the top of the electrolytic cell.

 

 

Chemistry Class X Chapter 6 - Electrolysis Exercise Intext 1

Question 1

Fill in the blanks:

(a) Powdered sodium chloride (common salt) does not conduct an electric current, but it does so when ____ or when _____.

(b) Molten lead bromide conducts electricity. It is called an____. It is composed of lead ____ and bromide _____. The lead ions are ____charged and are called_____. The bromide ____ are _____ charged and are called ______.

(c) Substances which conduct electricity in the solid state are generally ______.

(d) The electron releasing tendency of zinc is _____than that of copper.

(e) A solution of HCl gas in water conducts electricity because _____, but a solution of HCl gas in toluene does not conduct an electric current because_____.

(f) Pure water consists entirely of ………….. (ions/molecules).

(g) We can expect that pure water …………… (will/will not) normally conduct electricity.

(h) Electrolysis is the passage of……………. (electricity/electrons) through a liquid or a solution accompanied by a ………….. (physical/chemical) change.

Solution 1

(a) Powdered sodium chloride (common salt) does not conduct an electric current, but it does so when dissolved in water or when melted.

(b) Molten lead bromide conducts electricity .It is called an electrolyte. It is composed of lead ions and bromide ions. The lead ions are positively charged and are called cations. The bromide ions are negatively charged and are called anions.

(c) Substances which conduct electricity in the solid state are generally metals.

(d) The electron releasing tendency of zinc is more than that of copper.

(e) A solution of HCl gas in water conducts electricity because it ionizes , but a solution of HCl gas in toluene does not conduct an electric current because it does not ionize in toluene.

 (f) Pure water consists entirely of molecules.

 (g) We can expect that pure water will not normally conduct electricity.

 (h) Electrolysis is the passage of electricity through a liquid or a solution accompanied by a chemical change.

Question 2

Define the following terms:

(a) Electrolysis

(b) Non-electrolyte

(c) Cation and an anion

(d) Weak electrolyte

Solution 2

(a) Electrolysis: It is the process of decomposition of a chemical compound in aqueous solutions or in molten state accompanied by a chemical change using direct electric current.

(b) Non-electrolyte: It is a compound which neither in solution nor in the molten state allows an electric current to pass through it.

(c) Cation and anion: Atoms which carry positive charge are called cations.

Atoms which carry negative charge are called anions.

(d) Weak electrolyte: Electrolytes which allow small amount of electricity to flow through them and are partially dissociated in fused or aqueous solution are called weak electrolyte.

Question 3

What is the difference between:

(a) Modern explanation and Arrhenius explanation for the theory of electrolysis

(b) Electrolytic dissociation and ionization

(c) A cation and an anion

(d) Electrolytic dissociation and thermal dissociation

(e) Strong electrolyte and weak electrolyte

Solution 3

(a) Difference between Modern explanation and Arrhenius explanation for the theory of electrolysis:

Arrhenius considered that water ionizes electrolytes but Modern theory explained that electrolytes are ionic even in solid state and their ions are held by strong electrostatic forces which make them immobile. Water renders these ions mobility by breaking the electrostatic forces.

(b) Difference between electrolytic dissociation and ionization :

Ionisation

Dissociation

 

1. Formation of positively or negatively charged ions from molecules which are not initially in the ionic state.

1. Separation of ions which are already present in an ionic compound.

2. Polar covalent compounds show ionization. e.g. HCl, H2CO3, NH4OH etc.

1. Electrovalent compounds show dissociation. e.g. Potassium chloride , lead bromide, etc.

(c) A cation and anion:

Cation

Anion

1. Are positively charged ions.

Are negatively charged ions.

2. Migrate to cathode during electrolysis.

Migrate to anode during electrolysis.

3. Gain electron from the cathode and get reduced to become a neutral atom.

Lose electrons to the anode and get oxidized to become a neutral atom.

(d) Electrolytic dissociation and thermal dissociation:

Electrolytic dissociation is the dissociation of an electrovalent compound into ions in the fused state or in aqueous solution state.

Thermal dissociation: Reversible breakdown of a chemical compound into simpler substances by heating it. The splitting of ammonium chloride into ammonia and hydrogen chloride is an example. On cooling, they recombine to form the salt.

(e)

Strong Electrolytes

Weak Electrolytes

Electrolytes which allow a large amount of electricity to flow through them.

Electrolytes which allow small amounts of electricity to flow through them.

These are good conductors of electricity.

These are poor conductors of electricity.

These almost completely dissociate in the fused or aqueous solution state.

These are partially dissociated in the fused or aqueous solution state.

These solutions contain only free mobile ions.

These solutions contain ions as well as molecules.

 

 

Question 4

Name:

(a) A salt which is a weak electrolyte

(b) A base which is a weak electrolyte

(c) An inert electrode and an active electrode

(d) A positively charged non-metallic ion

(e) The electrode at which reduction occurs

(f) A non-metallic element which is a conductor of electricity

Solution 4

(a) Sodium carbonate

(b) NH4OH

(c) An inert electrode: graphite and Active electrode: silver

(d) H+

(e) Electrode is cathode

(f) Graphite

Question 5

Electrolysis is a redox process. Explain.

Solution 5

Electrolysis is a redox process. The reaction at the cathode involves reduction of cations as they gain of electrons while the reaction at anode involves oxidation of anions as they loss of electrons to become neutral.

Example: Dissociation of sodium chloride during electrolysis.

NaCl https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/192567_image002.jpgNa+ + Cl-

Cathode : Na+ + e- https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/192567_image004.gifNa(reduction)

Cl- - e- https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/192567_image004.gifCl(oxidation)

Cl + Cl https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/192567_image004.gifCl2

Overall reaction:2NaCl https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/192567_image004.gif2Na + Cl2

Question 6

Classify the following substances under three headings:

a. strong electrolytes

b. weak electrolytes

c. non-electrolytes

Acetic acid, ammonium chloride, ammonium hydroxide, carbon tetrachloride, dilute hydrochloric acid, sodium acetate, dilute sulphuric acid.

Solution 6

a. dilute hydrochloric acid, dilute sulphuric acid, sodium acetate

b. acetic acid, ammonium hydroxide

c. carbon tetrachloride

Question 7

Explain why:

a. Cu, though a good conductor of electricity, is a non-electrolyte.

b. Solid sodium chloride does not allow electricity to pass through.

Solution 7

a. Copper metal is a solid and has no mobile ions, whereas an electrolyte should dissociate into oppositely charged ions to conduct the electric current.

b. In solid sodium chloride, Na+ and Cl- ions are not mobile to conduct the electric current.

Question 8

Choose A, B, C or D to match the descriptions

(i) to (v) below. Some letters may be repeated.

A. non-electrolyte

B. strong electrolyte

C. weak electrolyte

D. metallic conductor

 i. Molten ionic compound

 ii. Carbon tetrachloride

 iii. An aluminium wire

iv. A solution containing solvent molecules, solute molecules and ions formed by the dissociation of solute molecules.

 v. A sugar solution with sugar molecules and water molecules.

Solution 8

 i. Molten ionic compound - strong electrolyte

 ii. Carbon tetrachloride - non-electrolyte

 iii. Aluminium wire - metallic conductor

iv. A solution containing solvent molecules, solute molecules and ions formed by the dissociation of solute molecules. - weak electrolyte

 v. A sugar solution with sugar molecules and water molecules. - non-electrolyte

Chapter 6 - Electrolysis Exercise Intext 2

Question 1

Name two substances in each case:

(a) Contain only molecules

(b) Contain only ions

(c) Contain ions as well as molecules

Solution 1

(a) Glucose, Kerosene

(b) NaCl and NaOH

(c) CH3COOH and NH4OH

Question 2

Select the ion in each case that would get selectively discharged from the aqueous mixture of the ions listed below:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis

Solution 2

(a) OH-

(b)Ag+

Question 3

(a) Among Zn and Cu, which would occur more readily in nature as metal and which as ion?

(b) Why cannot we store AgNO3 solution in copper vessel?

(c) Out of Cu and Ag, which is more active?

Solution 3

(a) Zn occurs readily as ion whereas Cu occurs more readily as metal in nature.

(b) Copper is above silver in the electrochemical series and is thus more reactive than silver. So, copper displaces silver from silver nitrate. Hence, we cannot store AgNO3 solution in copper vessel.

Cu +AgNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisCu(NO3)2 + 2Ag

(c) Copper is more active than Ag.

Question 4

(a) How would you change a metal like Cu into ions?

(b) How would you change Cu2+ ions to Cu?

Solution 4

(a) By treating its salt with a more reactive metal.

(b) By supplying two electrons to Cu+2

Cu+2 + 2e- Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisCu

Question 5

A solution of caustic soda (NaOH) in water or when fused, conducts an electric current. What is the similarity in these two cases?

Solution 5

In the aqueous state, the slightly negatively charged oxygen atoms of the polar water molecule exerts a pull on the positively charged sodium ions. A similar pull is exerted by the slightly charged hydrogen atoms of the water on the negatively charged chloride ions. Thus the ions become free in solution. These free ions conduct electricity.

In the molten state, the high temperatures required to melt the solid weakens the bond between the particles and the ions are set free.

Question 6

During electrolysis of an aqueous solution of sulphuric acid between platinum electrodes, two types of anions migrate towards the anode but only one of them is discharged.

(a) Name the two anions.

(b) Name the main product of the discharge of anion at the anode and write the anode reaction.

(c) Name the product at the cathode and write the reaction.

(d) Do you notice any change in colour. State why?

(e) Why this electrolysis is considered as an example of catalysis.

Solution 6

(a) Two anions are Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysisand OH-.

(b) OH- is discharged at anode and the main product of the discharge of OH- is O2

Reaction is :

OH- Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisOH +e-

4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis2H2O + O2

(c) The product formed at cathode is hydrogen. The reaction is :

H+ + e- Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisH

H + H Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisH2

(d) No change in colour is observed.

(e) Dilute sulphuric acid catalyse the dissociation of water molecules into ions, hence electrolysis of acidified water is considered as an example of catalysis.

Question 7

Copper sulphate solution is electrolysed using a platinum anode. Study the diagram given alongside and answer the following questions:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis

a. Give the names of the electrodes A and B.

b. Which electrode is the oxidising electrode?

Solution 7

a. A = Platinum anode, B = Platinum or copper cathode

b. A = Platinum anode

Question 8

To carry out the so-called 'electrolysis of water', sulphuric acid is added to water. How does the addition of sulphuric acid produce a conducting solution?

Solution 8

The addition of sulphuric acid causes dissociation of water into H+ ions and OH- ions.

Question 9(a)

Choosing only words from the following list, write down the appropriate words to fill in the blanks (i) to (v) below: Anions , anode, cathode, cations , electrode, electrolyte, nickel , voltameter.

The electroplating of an article with nickel requires an (i) ____ which must be solution containing (ii) ____ ions. The article to be plated is placed as the (iii) ____ of the cell in which the plating is carried out. The (iv) ____ of the cell is made from pure nickel. The ions that are attracted to the negative electrode and discharged are called (v) _____.

Solution 9(a)

(a) Electrolyte

(b) Nickel

(c) Cathode

(d) Anode

(e) Cations

Question 9(b)

When a molten ionic compound is electrolysed, the metal is always formed at …………… and the non-metal is formed at …………..

Solution 9(b)

cathode, anode

Question 9(c)

Electrolysis of acidulated water is an example of ………… (Reduction/ oxidation/ redox reaction/synthesis)

Solution 9(c)

Electrolysis of acidulated water is an example of redox reaction.

Question 10

Explain the following :

(a) A solution of cane sugar does not conduct electricity, but a solution of sodium chloride is a good conductor,

(b) Hydrochloric acid is a good conductor of electricity.

(c) During the electrolysis of an aqueous solution of NaCl, hydrogen ion is reduced at the cathode and not the sodium ion though both Na+ and H+ ions are present in the solution.

(d) On electrolysis of dilute copper (II) sulphate solution, copper is deposited at the cathode but hydrogen gas evolves there. Explain why.

(e) When a dilute aqueous solution of sodium chloride is electrolysed between platinum electrodes, hydrogen gas is evolved at the cathode but metallic sodium is not deposited. Why?

(f) Zinc can produce hydrogen on reacting with acids but copper cannot. Explain.

Solution 10

(a) Cane sugar is a compound which does not have ions even in solution and contains only molecules. Hence, it does not conduct electricity. On the other hand, sodium chloride solution contains free mobile ions and allows electric current to pass through it. This makes it a good conductor of electricity.

(b) Hydrochloric acid is a strong electrolyte and dissociates completely in aqueous solution. The solution contains free mobile ions which allow electric current to pass through it. Hence, hydrochloric acid is a good conductor of electricity.

(c) Hydrogen is placed lower in the electrochemical series and sodium is placed at a higher position. This is because H+ ions are discharged more easily at the cathode than Na+ during electrolysis and gains electrons more easily.

Therefore, H+ ion is reduced at the cathode and not Na+ ion.

(d)Copper is placed below hydrogen in the activity series. Cu2+ on reduction is discharged as metallic copper in preference to hydrogen.

(e) Since hydrogen is much below sodium in the activity series, hydrogen is discharged at the cathode in preference to sodium.

(f)Zinc is more reactive than hydrogen, so it displaces hydrogen from acids, but copper is less reactive than hydrogen, so it does not liberate hydrogen from acids.

Chapter 6 - Electrolysis Exercise Ex. 6

Question (2008)

(a) Here is an electrode reaction :

Cu Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisCu+2 +2e-

At which electrode (anode or cathode) would such a reaction take place? Is this an example of oxidation or reduction?

(b) A solution contains magnesium ions (Mg+2), iron (II) ions (Fe+2) and copper ions (Cu+2).On passing an electric current through this solution, which ions will be first to be discharged at the cathode? Write the equation for the cathode reaction.

(c) Why is carbon tetrachloride, which is a liquid a non-electrolyte?

(d) During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, which of the following takes place?

 A. Bromine is released at the cathode

 B. Lead is deposited at the anode

 C. Bromine ions gain electrons

 D. Lead is deposited at the cathode

Solution (2008)

(a) The reaction takes place at anode. This is an example of oxidation.

(b) Cu+2 will discharge easily at cathode.

Reaction at cathode:

Cu+2 +2e- Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisCu

(c) Carbon tetrachloride is a non-electrolyte because it is a covalent compound. It does not ionize and hence do not conduct electricity.

(D) During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide. Lead is deposited at cathode.

Question (2016)

Give reasons why :

(a) Sodium Chloride will conduct electricity only in fused or aqueous solution state.

(b) In the electroplating of an article with silver, the electrolyte sodium argentocyanide solution is preferred over silver nitrate solution.

(c) Although copper is a good conductor of electricity, it is a non-electrolyte.

 

Solution (2016)

(a) Electrostatic forces of attraction between ions in the solid state are very strong. These forces weaken in the fused or solution state. Hence, ions become mobile.

(b) If silver nitrate solution is used directly instead of double cyanide of silver and sodium, silver will deposit very fast and its deposition will not be smooth and uniform. 

(c) Copper has no mobile electrons in the solid state and an electrolyte should dissociate into oppositely charged ions to conduct electricity.

Hence, copper is a non-electrolyte. 

Question 1

Give reasons for the following:

(a) Electrolysis of molten lead bromide is considered to be a reaction in which oxidation and reduction go side by side i.e, a redox reaction.

(b) The blue colour of aqueous copper sulphate fades when it is electrolyzed using platinum electrodes.

(c) Lead bromide undergoes electrolytic dissociation in the molten state but is a non-electrolyte in the solid state.

(d) Aluminium is extracted from its oxide by electrolytic reduction and not by conventional reducing agents.

(e) The ratio of hydrogen and oxygen formed at the cathode and anode is 2:1 by volume.

(f) In the electrolysis of acidified water, dilute sulphuric acid is preferred to dilute nitric acid for acidification.

(g) Ammonia is unionized in the gaseous state but in the aqueous solution, it is a weak electrolyte.

(h) A graphite anode is preferred to other inert electrode during electrolysis of fused lead bromide.

(i) For electroplating with silver, silver nitrate is not used as electrolyte.

(j) Carbon tetrachloride is a liquid but does not conduct electricity.

(k) Potassium is not extracted by electrolysis of its aqueous salt solution.

Solution 1

(a) During electrolysis of lead bromide, there is loss of electrons at anode by bromine and gain of electrons at cathode by lead. Thus oxidation and reduction go side by side. Therefore, it is a redox reaction.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis

(b) The blue colour of copper ions fades due to decrease in Cu+2 ions and finally the solution becomes colourless as soon as Cu+2 ions are finished.

(c) Lead bromide dissociate into ions in the molten state whereas it does not dissociate in solid state. The ions become free when lead bromide is in molten state but in the solid state the ions are not free since they are packed tightly together due to electrostatic force between them. Therefore, lead bromide undergoes electrolytic dissociation in the molten state.

(d) Aluminium has great affinity towards oxygen, so it is not reduced by reducing agent. Therefore it is extracted from its oxide by electrolytic reduction.

(e) As per electrolytic reactions, 4H+1 are needed at cathode and 4OH- at the anode and two molecules of water are produced at the anode. Hence for every two molecules of water, two molecules of hydrogen and one molecule of oxygen are liberated at the cathode and anode respectively.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis

(f) This is because HNO3 is volatile.

(g) Ammonia is a covalent compound. Therefore, it is unionized in the gaseous state but in the aqueous solution it gives NH4OH which is a weak electrolyte and dissociates into ions.

(h) Graphite is unaffected by the bromine vapours.

(i) Silver nitrate is not used as electrolyte for electroplating with silver because the deposition of silver will be very fast and hence not very smooth and uniform.

(j) Carbon tetrachloride is a liquid and does not conduct electricity because it is a covalent compound and there are no free ions present and contain only molecules.

(k) Potassium is not extracted from its aqueous salt solution by electrolysis as it can react with water.

Question 2(a)

Copy and complete the following table which refers to two practical applications of electrolysis

 

Anode

Electrolyte

Cathode

Silver plating of spoon

 

Solution of potassium argentocyanide

 

Purification of copper

 

 

 

 

Solution 2(a)

 

Anode

Electrolyte

Cathode

Silver plating of spoon

Plate of pure clean silver

Solution of potassium argentocyanide

Article to be electroplated

Purification of copper

Impure copper

Solution of copper sulphate and dilute sulphuric acid

Thin strip of pure copper

Question 2(b)

Write the equation taking place at the anode for Q. 2(a).

Solution 2(b)

 i. Ag - e- → Ag+

 ii. Cu - e-→ Cu2+

 iii. Cl- - e- → Cl

Cl + Cl →Cl2

Question 3

(a) Draw a labeled diagram to show how iron is electroplated with copper.

(b) Which solution is preferred as electrolyte, CuSO4 or FeSO4?

(c) Describe what happens to the iron object and the copper rod.

Solution 3

(a)  

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis 

 

(b) CuSO4 is preferred as an electrolyte.

(c) The copper anode continuously dissolves as ions in solution and is replaced periodically. The electrolyte dissociates into Cu+2 ions which migrate towards the iron object taken as the cathode and are deposited as neutral copper atoms on the cathode.

Electrolyte: Aqueous solution of nickel sulphate

Dissociation: CuSO4  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis Cu2+ + SO42- 

  H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis H+ + OH-

  Electrodes:

Cathode: Article to be electroplated

Anode: Block of pure copper

Electrode reactions: 

Reaction at cathode: Cu2+ + 2e-→ Cu (deposited)

Reaction at anode: Cu - 2e-→ Cu2+

Question 4

Element X is a metal with a valency 2. Element Y is a non-metal with a valency 3.

(a) Write equations to show how X and Y form ions?

(b) If Y is a diatomic gas, write the equation for the direct combination of X and Y to form a compound.

(c) If the compound formed between X and Y is melted and an electric current passed through the molten compound, the element X will be obtained at the _____ and Y at the _________of the electrolytic cell.(Provide the missing words)

Solution 4

(a) X Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisX2+ +2e-,Y + 3e- Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - ElectrolysisY3-

(b) Y2 + 3X Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis X3Y2

(c) Cathode, Anode

Question 5

Write two applications of electrolysis in which the anode diminishes in mass.

Solution 5

 i. Electroplating of metals

 ii. Electrorefining of metals

Question 6

(a) What kind of particles will be found in a liquid compound which is a non- electrolyte?

(b) If HX is a weak acid, what particles will be present in its dilute solution apart from those of water?

(c) Cations are formed by ____ (loss/gain) of electrons and anions are formed by _________(loss/gain) of electrons. (Choose the correct word to fill in blank)

(d) What ions must be present in a solution used for electroplating a particular metal?

Solution 6

(a) Non-electrolyte contains molecules.

(b) Molecules of HX and H+ and X- ions.

(c) Loss

(d) The electrolyte used for the purpose must contain the ions of metal which is to be electroplated on the article.

Question 7

A strip of copper is placed in four different colourless salt solutions. They are KNO3, AgNO3, Zn(NO3)2 and Ca(NO3)2. Which one of the solutions will finally turn blue?

Solution 7

AgNO3 solution

Question 2009(a)

Select the correct answer: The aqueous solution of the compound which contains both ions and molecules is

A. H2SO4

B. HCl

C. HNO3

D. CH3COOH

Solution 2009(a)

D. CH3COOH

Question 2009(b)

Correct the following statement: Lead bromide conducts electricity.

Solution 2009(b)

Molten lead bromide conducts electricity.

Question 2009(c)

A metal article is to be electroplated with silver. The electrolyte selected is sodium argentocyanide.

 i. What kind of salt is sodium argentocyanide?

 ii. Why is it preferred to silver nitrate as an electrolyte?

 iii. State one condition to ensure that the deposit is smooth, firm and long lasting.

iv. Write the reaction taking place at the cathode.

 v. Write the reaction taking place at the anode.

Solution 2009(c)

 i. Complex salt

 ii. On using silver nitrate, the deposition of silver on the cathode is very fast and hence not very smooth and uniform because it is a strong electrolyte.

 iii. A long current for a longer time should be used.

iv. Ag+ + e- → Ag

 v. Ag - e- → Ag+

Question 2009(d)

Aqueous solution of nickel sulphate contains Ni2+ and SO42- ions.

 i. Which ion moves towards the cathode?

 ii. What is the product at the anode?

Solution 2009(d)

 i. Ni2+ ions

 ii. Oxygen gas, when an inert electrode is used.

Question 2010(a)

Select the correct answer: A compound which during electrolysis in its molten state liberates a reddish brown gas at the anode.

 i. Sodium chloride

 ii. Copper [II] oxide

 iii. Copper [II] sulphate

iv. Lead [II] bromide

Solution 2010(a)

iv. Lead [II] bromide

Question 2010(b)

During electroplating of an article with nickel,

 i. Name

A. The electrolyte

B. The cathode

C. The anode

 ii. Give the reaction of electrolysis at

A. The cathode

B. The anode

Solution 2010(b)

 i. 

A. Aqueous solution of nickel sulphate with few drops of dil. sulphuric acid

B. Article (e.g. key chain)

C. Pure nickel

 ii. 

A. Ni2+ + 2e- →Ni

B. Ni → Ni2+ + 2e-

Question 2010(c)

A, B and C are three electrolytic cells connected in different circuits. Cell 'A' contains NaCl solution. And the bulb in the circuit glows brightly when the circuit is completed. Cell 'B' contains acetic acid and the bulb glows dimly. Cell 'C' contains sugar solution, and the bulb does not glow. Give reason for each observation.

Solution 2010(c)

Cell A contains sodium chloride solution which is a strong electrolyte and contains only ions. So, it conducts electricity and the bulb glows brightly.

Cell B contains both ions and molecules. So, there are few ions to conduct electricity and the bulb glows dimly.

Cell C contains sugar solution which is a non-electrolyte and does not contain ions. So, it is a bad conductor of electricity and the bulb does not glow.

Question 2011(a)

Give reason: The electrolysis of acidulated water is considered to be an example of catalysis.

Solution 2011(a)

Dilute sulphuric acid catalyses dissociation, so electrolysis of acidified water is considered an example of catalysis.

Question 2011(b)

During the electrolysis of copper [H] sulphate solution using platinum as a cathode and carbon as an anode,

 i. State what you observe at the cathode and at the anode.

 ii. State the change noticed in the electrolyte.

 iii. Write the reactions at the cathode and at the anode.

Solution 2011(b)

 i. Red shiny metal deposits at the cathode.

 ii. The colour of the electrolytes changes gradually from blue to colourless.

 iii. At the cathode:

Cu2+ + 2e- → Cu

Reaction at the anode:

OH- → OH + e-

4OH  → 2H2O + O2

Question 2011(c)

Differentiate between electrical conductivity of copper sulphate solution and that of copper metal.

Solution 2011(c)

 

Copper sulphate solution

Copper metal

Conduction of electricity is due to the flow of ions.

Conduction of electricity is due to the flow of electrons.

It is an aqueous solution of an ionic compound.

It is a metal in the solid state.

It undergoes a chemical change.

It remains unchanged chemically.

 

Question 2012(a)

Identify the weak electrolyte from the following:

 i. Sodium chloride solution

 ii. Dilute hydrochloric acid

 iii. Dilute sulphuric acid

iv. Aq. acetic acid

Solution 2012(a)

iv. Aq. acetic acid

Question 2012(b)

Match the following in Column A with the correct

answer from the choices given in Column B:

 

Column A

Column B

1. Ammonium hydroxide solution

(i) Contains only ions

 

2. Dilute hydrochloric acid

(ii) Contains only molecules

3. Carbon tetrachloride

(iii) Contains ions and molecules

 

 

Solution 2012(b)

Ammonium hydroxide solution - Contains ions and molecules

Dilute hydrochloric acid - Contains only ions

Carbon tetrachloride - Contains only molecules

Question 2012(c)

Give reason: An aqueous solution of sodium chloride conducts electricity.

Solution 2012(c)

An aqueous solution of sodium chloride contains free sodium ions and chloride ions. It thus allows a large amount of electricity to flow through and the bulb glows brightly.

Question 2012(d)

Select the correct answer from the list in brackets:

 i. An aqueous electrolyte consists of the ions mentioned in the list. The ion which could be discharged most readily during electrolysis... [Fe2+, Cu2+, Pb2+, H1+]

 ii. The metallic electrode which does not take part in an electrolytic reaction... [Cu, Ag, Pt, Ni]

 iii. The ion which is discharged at the anode during the electrolysis of copper sulphate solution using copper electrodes as anode and cathode… [Cu2+, OH1-, SO42-, H1+]

iv. When dilute sodium chloride is electrolysed using graphite electrodes, the cation which is discharged at the cathode most readily... [Na1+, OH1-, H1+, Cl1-]

 v. During silver plating of an article using potassium argentocyanide as an electrolyte, the anode material should be... [Cu, Ag, Pt, Fe]

Solution 2012(d)

 i. Cu2+

 ii. Pt

 iii. Cu2+

iv. H+

 v. Ag

Question 2013(a)

State one appropriate observation for: Electricity is passed through molten lead bromide.

Solution 2013(a)

Dark reddish brown fumes of bromine evolve at the anode and greyish white metal lead is formed on the cathode.

Question 2013(b)

State which of these will act as a non-electrolyte:

 i. Liquid carbon tetrachloride

 ii. Acetic acid

 iii. Sodium hydroxide aqueous solution

iv. Potassium chloride aqueous solution

Solution 2013(b)

i. Liquid carbon tetrachloride

Question 2013(c)

Copper sulphate soln. is electrolysed using copper electrodes.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Electrolysis

 i. Which electrode to your left or right is known as the oxidising electrode and why?

 ii. Write the equation representing the reaction that occurs.

 iii. State two appropriate observations for the above electrolysis reaction.

Solution 2013(c)

 i. The right electrode is the anode and oxidising electrode. Cu Cu2+ + 2e- losing electrode.

 ii. Reaction at the anode: Cu Cu2+ + 2e-

Reaction at the cathode: Cu2+ + 2e- Cu

iii. The anode dissolves and anode mud containing precious metal is recovered.

Question 2013(d)

Identify: A gas which does not conduct electricity in the liquid state but conducts electricity when dissolved in water.

Solution 2013(d)

Hydrogen chloride

Question 2014(a)

The observation seen when fused lead bromide is electrolysed is

 i. A silver grey deposit at anode and a reddish brown deposit at cathode.

 ii. A silver grey deposit at cathode and a reddish brown deposit at anode.

 iii. A silver grey deposit at cathode and reddish brown fumes at anode.

iv. Silver grey fumes at anode and reddish brown fumes at cathode.

Solution 2014(a)

iii. A silver grey deposit at cathode and reddish brown fumes at anode.

Question 2014(b)

During electroplating an article with silver, the electrolyte used is

 i. Silver nitrate solution

 ii. Silver cyanide solution

 iii. Sodium argentocyanide solution

iv. Nickel sulphate solution

Solution 2014(b)

iii. Sodium argentocyanide solution

Question 2014(c)

Give one word or phrase for: Electrolytic deposition of a superior metal on a baser metal.

Solution 2014(c)

Galvanisation

Question 2014(d)

State your observation seen: At the cathode when acidified aqueous copper sulphate solution is electrolysed with copper electrodes.

Solution 2014(d)

Acidified aqueous copper sulphate solution is electrolysed with copper electrodes by electrolysis. The electrolysis of an aqueous solution of copper sulphate using copper electrodes (i.e. using active electrodes) results in transfer of copper metal from the anode to the cathode during electrolysis. The copper sulphate is ionised in the aqueous solution.

Copper sulphate solution is ionised by the following chemical equation:

 CuSO4  Cu2+ + SO42- 

The positively charged copper ions migrate to the cathode, where each gains two electrons to become copper atoms which are deposited on the cathode.

 Cu2+ + 2e- Cu 

Hence, the colour of copper sulphate changes from

blue to colourless.

Question 2014(e)

State which electrode: anode or cathode is the oxidising electrode. Give a reason for the same.

Solution 2014(e)

Cathode (Reducing electrode): At the cathode, the cations gain electrons to form neutral atoms. As electrons are gained, the ion is said to be reduced. Anode (Oxidising electrode): At the anode, the anions lose electrons to form neutral atoms. As electrons are lost, the ion is said to be oxidised.

Question 2014(f)

Name the kind of particles present in

 i. Sodium hydroxide solution

 ii. Carbonic acid

 iii. Sugar solution

Solution 2014(f)

 i. Positive sodium ions and negative hydroxide ions

 ii. Hydrogen ions and carbonate ions

 iii. Glucose, fructose and galactose

Question 2014(g)

M2O is the oxide of a metal 'M' which is above hydrogen in the activity series. M2O when dissolved in water forms the corresponding hydroxide which is a good conductor of electricity.

 i. State the reaction taking place at the cathode

 ii. Name the product at the anode

Solution 2014(g)

 i. At the cathode: M+ + 1e- M

 ii. At the anode: Oxygen gas

Question 2015 (a)

State the observation at the anode when aqueous copper sulphate solution is electrolysed using copper electrodes.

Solution 2015 (a)

Copper anode itself ionises to give Cu2+ ions.

Cu - 2e→ Cu2+ 

Question 2015 (b)

During electrolysis of molten lead bromide, graphite anode is preferred to other electrodes. Give reason.

Solution 2015 (b)

During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, a graphite anode is preferred because graphite remains unaffected by the reactive bromine vapours which are released at the anode. 

Question 2015 (c)

Electrolysis of molten lead bromide is considered to be a redox reaction. Give reason.

Solution 2015 (c)

In the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, the following reactions take place:

At the cathode: Pb2+ (l) + 2e- → Pb(l

At the anode: 2Br- (l) → Br2 (g) + 2e- 

Lead (II) ions (Pb2+) are attracted to the negative electrode, and the Pb2+ ions are forced to accept two electrons. Pb2+ ions are reduced. Bromide ions (Br-) are attracted to the positive electrode, and the bromide ions are forced to give away their extra electron to form bromine atoms. Thus, bromide ions are oxidised. So, electrolysis of molten lead bromide is a redox reaction.  

 

Chapter 9 - Study of Compounds B. Ammonia Exercise Intext 1

Question 1(a)

State the type of bonding present in ammonia, show by a diagram?

Solution 1(a)

Covalent bonding is present in ammonia.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

Question 1(b)

What is the formula of liquid ammonia? Account for the basic nature of this compound.

Solution 1(b)

Formula of liquid ammonia is: NH3.

Liquid ammonia is liquefied ammonia and is basic in nature. It dissolves in water to give ammonium hydroxide which ionizes to give hydroxyl ions.

NH3 + H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaNH4OH

NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaNH4++ OH-

Therefore it turns red litmus blue and phenolphthalein solution pink.

Question 2

(a) Write a balanced chemical equation for the lab preparation of ammonia.

(b) How is ammonia dried and collected in the laboratory?

(d) Ammonia cannot be collected over water. Give reason.

 

Solution 2

(a) Lab preparation of ammonia:

2NH4Cl+Ca(OH)2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaCaCl2 +2H2O +2NH3

(b) The ammonia gas is dried by passing through a drying tower containing lumps of quicklime (CaO).

(d) Ammonia is highly soluble in water and therefore it cannot be collected over water.

Question 3

(a) Explain with a diagram the preparation of aqueous ammonia.

(b) Name a drying agent for ammonia. Why are other drying agents such as P2O5 and CaCl2 not used to dry NH3

Solution 3

(a) An aqueous solution of ammonia is prepared by dissolving ammonia in water. The rate of dissolution of ammonia to water is very high.

Diagram:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

(b)The drying agent used is CaO in case of ammonia.

Other drying agents like P2O5 and CaCl2 are not used. As ammonia being basic reacts with them.

6NH3 + P2O5 +3H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia2(NH4)3PO4

CaCl2 +4NH3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaCaCl2.4NH3

Question 4

A substance 'A' was heated with slaked lime and a gas 'B' with pungent smell was obtained. Name the substances A and B and give a balanced equation.

Solution 4

The substance A is Ammonium chloride and 'B' is Ammonia.

Reaction:

2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaCaCl2 + 2H2O + 2NH3

Question 5

Ammonia is manufactured by Haber Process.

(a) Under what conditions do the reactants combine to form ammonia? Give a balanced equation for the reaction.

(b) In what ratio by volume, are the above gases used?

(c) State one possible source of each reactant used in Haber process.

(d) State whether the formation of ammonia is promoted by the use of high pressure or low pressure?

(e) Mention two possible ways by which ammonia produced is removed from unchanged gases.

(f) What is the function of:

(i) Finely divided iron

(ii) Molybdenum in the above process

 

(g) What is the percentage formation of ammonia?

(h) How can this percentage formation be increased?

Solution 5

(a) Conditions for reactants to combine :

Optimum temperature is 450o-500oC

Above 200 atm pressure

Finely divided iron as catalyst

Traces of molybdenum or Al2O3 as promoters.

Reaction:N2 +3H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia2NH3 + heat

(b) Dry nitrogen and dry hydrogen in the ratio of 1:3 by volume is made to combine.

(c) Source of Hydrogen: Hydrogen is generally obtained from water gas by Bosch process.

(CO + H2) + H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaCO2 +2H2

Source of Nitrogen: It is obtained from fractional distillation of liquid air.

(d) High pressure favours the forward reaction i.e. formation of ammonia.

(e)Two possible ways by which NH3 produced is removed from unreacted N2 and H2 by:

(i)Liquefaction: NH3 is easily liquefiable.

(ii)Absorbing in water: As ammonia is highly soluble in water.

(f)

(i)Finely divided iron increases the rate of reaction.

(ii)Molybdenum acts as a promoter to increase the efficiency of the catalyst.

 

(g) 15%

(h) The unchanged nitrogen and hydrogen are recirculated through the plant to get more ammonia. By recirculating in this way, an eventual yield of 98% can be achieved.

Question 6

Give reasons:

(a) Ammonium compounds do not occur as minerals.

(b) Ammonium nitrate is not used in the preparation of ammonia.

(c) Conc. H2SO4 is a good drying agent, yet it is not used to dry NH3.

(d) In the lab. preparation of ammonia 

     (i) calcium hydroxide is used in excess

    (ii) a flask is fitted in slanting position

Solution 6

(a) Ammonium compounds being highly soluble in water do not occur as minerals.

(b) Ammonium nitrate is not used in the preparation of ammonia as it is explosive in nature and it decomposes forming nitrous oxide and water vapours.

(c) Conc. H2SO4 is not used to dry ammonia, as ammonia being basic reacts with them.

2NH3 + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia(NH4)2SO4

(d)  (i) In order to better mixing of ammonium chloride, calcium hydroxide used in excess.

       (ii) The flask is fitted in slatting position because of the water formed in the reaction does not trickle back into the heated flask.

Question 7

a. Complete the table.

 

Name of process

Inputs

Equations

Output

 

 

 

Ammonia

 

b. State the following conditions required in the above process:

 i. Temperature

 ii. Pressure

 iii. Catalyst

Solution 7

a.

 

Name of process

Inputs

Equations

Output

Haber's process

Nitrogen and hydrogen

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

Ammonia

 

 

 

 

b. 

 i. 450 - 500°C

 ii. 200 -800 atm

 iii. Finely divided iron (Fe)

Question 8

Choose the correct word or phrase from the brackets to complete the following sentences and write balanced equations for the same.

a. Ammonium chloride is a soluble salt prepared by ………… [precipitation, neutralisation].

b. When ammonium chloride is heated, it undergoes ………… [thermal decomposition/dissociation].

c. Heating ammonium chloride with sodium hydroxide produces ………… [ammonia, nitrogen].

Solution 8

a. Neutralisation

b. Thermal decomposition

c. Ammonia

Question 9

An element has 2 electrons in its N shell. It reacts with a non-metal of atomic number 7. The compound formed reacts with warm water and produces a basic gas. Identify the elements and write the balanced chemical reaction.

Solution 9

An element has 2 electrons in its N shell = Ca (calcium)

It reacts with a non-metal of atomic number 7 = N (nitrogen)

The compound formed is calcium nitride (Ca3N2) which reacts with warm water and produces the basic gas ammonia (NH3).

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

Question 10

Correct the following:

a. A reddish brown precipitate is obtained when ammonium hydroxide is added to ferrous sulphate.

b. Liquid ammonia is a solution of NH3.

c. Finely divided platinum is used in the Haber process.

d. Conc. H2SO4 is a drying agent for NH3.

e. Ammonium salts, on heating, decompose to give ammonia.

Solution 10

a. A reddish brown precipitate is obtained when ammonium hydroxide is added to ferrous chloride.

b. Aqueous ammonia is a solution of NH3.

c. Finely divided iron is used in Haber process.

d. Quicklime (CaO) is a drying agent for NH3.

e. Ammonium salts, on thermal decomposition, give ammonia and hydrogen chloride.

Chapter 9 - Study of Compounds B. Ammonia Exercise Ex.9

Question 1

(a)Is ammonia more dense or less dense than air?

(b) What property of ammonia is demonstrated by Fountain Experiment? (c)Write the balanced equation for the reaction between ammonia and sulphuric acid.

(c) Write the balanced equation for the reaction between ammonia and sulphuric acid.

Solution 1

(a)Ammonia is less dense than air. By Fountain Experiment, we demonstrate the high solubility of ammonia gas in water.

(b) The high solubility of ammonia gas in water

(c)The balanced equation for the reaction between ammonia and sulphuric acid is:

2NH3 + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia(NH4)2SO4

Question 2

Pick the odd member from the list giving reasons:

(a) Ammonia, sulphur dioxide, Hydrogen chloride, carbon dioxide.

(b) Copper oxide, Aluminium oxide, sodium oxide, Magnesium oxide.

Solution 2

(a) Ammonia is basic in nature.

(b) Copper oxide because CuO is less reactive can be reduced by C, CO or by hydrogen whereas Al2O3, Na2O, MgO are reduced by electrolysis.

Question 3

The following reactions are carried out:

A : Nitrogen + metal Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammoniacompound X

B: X+ water Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammoniaammonia +another compound

C: Ammonia + metal oxide Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammoniametal + water + N2

One metal that can be used for reaction A is magnesium.

(a) Write the formula of the compound X formed.

(b) Write the correctly balanced equation for reaction B where X is the compound formed.

(c) What property of ammonia is demonstrated by reaction C?

Solution 3

(a) The formula of the compound is Mg3N2.

(b) Balanced equation :

Mg3N2 + 6 H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia3 Mg(OH)2 + 2 NH3

(c) Ammonia is a reducing agent and reduces less active metal oxide to its respective metal.

Question 4

A gas 'P' gives dense white fumes with chlorine. Its aqueous solution gives a blue colour with copper (II) hydroxide. (a) Name the gas P. (b) Give its formula. (c) Give three uses of P.

Solution 4

(a) The gas is ammonia.

(b) The formula is NH3.

(c) Uses of ammonia:

It is used in the industrial preparation of nitric acid by Ostwald process.

It is used in the manufacture of fertilizers such as ammonium sulphate, ammonium nitrate, ammonium phosphate.

It is used in the manufacture sodium carbonate by Solvay process.

NaCl + NH3 + CO2 + H2O https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193065_image004.gifNaHCO3 +NH4Cl

Question 5

Ammonia solution in water gives a blue precipitate when it combines with a solution of copper salt. The blue precipitate further dissolves in excess of ammonia solution to give azure blue solution. Explain with equation.

Solution 5

Equation:

CuSO4 +2NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia Cu(OH)2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia + [NH4]2SO4

pale blue

Ammonia solution in water gives a blue precipitate when it combines with a solution of copper salt.

The pale blue precipitate of copper hydroxide dissolves in excess of ammonium hydroxide forming tetraamine copper[II] sulphate, an azure blue(deep blue)soluble complex salt.

Cu(OH)2 +(NH4)2SO4 +2NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia[Cu(NH3)4]SO4 + 4H2O

Question 6

Give chemical equation (s) to prove that NH3 contains nitrogen and hydrogen.

Solution 6

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

This reaction is reversible and exothermic. From the reaction, it is proved that ammonia contains nitrogen and hydrogen.

Also,

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia 

Ammonia burns with a yellowish flame. It produces water vapour and nitrogen. This shows that ammonia contains nitrogen and hydrogen.

Question 7

Copy and complete the following equations:

(a) AlN + H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

(b) 2NH3 + 3PbO Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

(c) NH3 +3Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

(d) NH3 + CO2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

(i) Which property of ammonia is illustrated by equation (c)?

(ii) What important fertilizer is prepared from equation (d)? State the conditions

Solution 7

(a) AlN + 3H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaAl(OH)3 +NH3

(b) 2NH3 + 3PbO Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia3Pb + 3H2O + N2

(c) 8NH3 +3Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaN2 + 6NH4Cl

(d) 2NH3 + CO2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaNH2CONH2 + H2O

(i) Ammonia act as reducing agent is explained by equation (c).

(ii) Urea the nitrogenous fertilizer is prepared from equation (d).

Question 8

What do you observe when ammonium hydroxide is added to the aqueous solution of:

(a) FeSO4

(b) Iron(III)Chloride

(c) Lead nitrate

(d)Zinc nitrate?

Solution 8

(a) Dirty green ppt. of Ferrous hydroxide is formed which is insoluble in excess of NH4OH.

FeSO4 + 2NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia[NH4]2SO4 + Fe(OH)2

(b) Reddish brown ppt. of ferric hydroxide is formed which is insoluble in ammonium hydroxide.

FeCl3 + 3NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia3NH4Cl + Fe(OH)3

(c) White ppt. of lead hydroxide is formed which is insoluble in NH4OH.

Pb(NO3)2 + 2NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia2NH4NO3 + Pb(OH)2

(d)White gelatinous ppt. of Zinc hydroxide is formed which is soluble in NH4OH.

Zn(NO3)2 + 2NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia2NH4NO3 + Zn(OH)2

Question 9

Give a chemical test to distinguish between the following:

(a) Ammonium chloride and sodium chloride

(b) Ferric salt and ferrous salt

(c) Sodium sulphate and ammonium sulphate

Solution 9

(a) NH4Cl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaNH3 + HCl

NH4Cl on strong heating sublimes to form dense white fumes which condense to white powdery mass on cooler parts of the tube whereas no white fumes on heating NaCl.

(b) When ammonium hydroxide is added drop wise to solution to be tested.

Ferrous salt gives dirty green ppt.

Ferric salt gives reddish brown ppt of their hydroxides.

(c) (NH4)2SO4 on warming with NaOH sol. gives NH3 gas. Sodium sulphate does not liberate NH3 gas.

Question 10

Give the balanced equations for the following conversions:

(a) Ammonia to nitrogen using an acidic gas

(b) Ammonia to brown gas

(c) Ammonia to nitrogen trichloride

(d) Ammonia solution to an amphoteric hydroxide

(e) A nitride of a trivalent metal to ammonia

(f) Lead oxide to lead

Solution 10

Balanced equations :

(a) 8NH3 + 3Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaN2 + 6NH4Cl

(b) 4NH3 + 5O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia4NO +6H2O +Heat

2NO+O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia2NO2

Brown gas

(c) NH3 +3Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia3HCl +NCl3

(d) AlCl3 +3NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia3NH4Cl + Al(OH)3

(e) AlN + 3H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaAl(OH)3 + NH3

(f) 3PbO +2NH3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia3Pb + 3H2O +N2

Question 11

Name:

(a) The gas which is prepared by Haber's process

(b) Two gases which give dense white fumes with ammonia

(c) One salt of ammonia in each case which is used in :

(i) Dry cell (ii) explosives (iii) medicine.

(d) An acidic gas which reacts with basic gas liberating a neutral gas.

(e) A metallic chloride soluble in ammonium hydroxide.

(f) The gas obtained when ammonia burns in an atmosphere of oxygen without any catalyst.

(g) A nitride of a divalent metal which reacts with warm water liberating ammonia.

(h) An amphoteric oxide reduced by the basic gas.

(i) A white salt produced by an acid gas and a basic gas.

Solution 11

(a) Ammonia

(b) Hydrogen chloride and chlorine gas.

(c) (i) Ammonium chloride

(i) Ammonium nitrate

(ii) Ammonium carbonate

(d) Acidic gas: HCl

Basic gas: Ammonia

Neutral gas: NH4Cl

(e) Silver chloride

(f) Nitrogen

(g) Magnesium nitride

(h) Lead oxide

(i) Ammonium chloride

Question 12

When ammonium hydroxide is added to solution B, a pale blue precipitate is formed. This pale blue precipitate dissolves in excess ammonium hydroxide giving an inky blue solution. What is the cation (positive ion) present in solution B? What is the probable colour of solution B.

Solution 12

CuSO4 + 2NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia(NH4)2SO4 +Cu(OH)2 [Pale blue]

The cation present in solution B is Copper (Cu+2).

The colour of solution B is Blue.

The pale blue precipitate of copper hydroxide dissolves in excess of ammonium hydroxide forming tetraamine copper[II] sulphate, an azure blue(deep blue) soluble complex salt.

Cu(OH)2 + (NH4)2SO4 +2NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia[Cu(NH3)4]SO4 + 4H2O

Question 13

When an ammonium salt is warmed with sodium hydroxide solution, ammonia gas is evolved. State three ways in which you can identify this gas.

Solution 13

Three ways in which ammonia gas can be identified is:

It has a sharp characteristic odour

When a glass rod dipped in HCl is brought in contact with the gas white colour fumes of ammonium chloride are formed

It turns moist red litmus blue, moist turmeric paper brown and phenolphthalein solution pink.

Question 14

A gas 'A 'reacts with another gas 'B' in the presence of a catalyst to give a colourless gas 'C'. The gas 'C' when comes in contact with air produces a brown gas 'D'. The solution of 'A' in water turns red litmus blue. Explain the observations.

Solution 14

As the 'A' turns red litmus blue it is a base.Now the gas 'A' combines with 'B' in presence of Catalyst to give colourless gas Nitrogen monoxide. It reacts with oxygen to give brown gas which is Nitrogen dioxide.

A= NH3

B= O2

C=NO

D=NO2

Reactions:

4NH3 + 5O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia4NO + 6H2O + Heat

2NO + O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia2NO2

NH3 in water forms NH4OH which turns red litmus blue.

Question 15

(a)Name the common refrigerant .How does it deplete ozone layer?

(b)What is the alternative of chlorofluorocarbon?

(c)State the advantages and disadvanatages of using ammonia as refrigerant?

Solution 15

(a) The main refrigerants used are Freon chlorofluorocarbons (CFC). They deplete ozone layer. The chlorofluorocarbons are decomposed by ultraviolet rays to highly reactive chlorine which is produced in the atomic form.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

The free radical [Cl] reacts with ozone and chlorine monoxide is formed.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

This causes depletion of ozone layer and chlorine monoxide so formed reacts with atomic oxygen and produces more chlorine free radicals.

ClO + O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaCl + O2

Again this free radical destroys ozone and the process continues thereby giving rise to ozone depletion.

(b) Liquid ammonia can be used as a refrigerant, as an alternative for chlorofluorocarbons.

(c) Advantages of ammonia as refrigerant:

(i) Ammonia is environmentally compatible. It does not deplete ozone layer and does not contribute towards global warming.

(ii) It has superior thermodynamic qualities as a result ammonia refrigeration systems use less electricity.

Ammonia has a recognizable odour and so leaks are not likely to escape.

Question 16

Name a compound prepared by ammonia and is used as:

(a) Explosive

(b) Fertilizers

(c) Medicine

(d) Laboratory reagent

Solution 16

(a) Explosive: ammonium nitrate

(b) Medicine: ammonium carbonate

(c) Fertilizers: ammonium sulphate

(d) Laboratory reagent: ammonia solution

Question 17

Write the equation for the action of heat on:

(a) Ammonium chloride

(b) Ammonium nitrate

State whether each reaction is an example of thermal decomposition or thermal dissociation.

Solution 17

(a) Ammonium chloride

NH4Cl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaNH3 +HCl

(b) Ammonium nitrate

NH4NO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaN2O +2H2O

Both are examples of Thermal dissociation.

Question 18

(a) Which feature of ammonia molecule leads to the formation of the ammonium ion when ammonia dissolves in water?

(b) Name the other ion formed when ammonia dissolves in water.

(c) Give one test that can be used to detect the presence of the ion produced in (b).

Solution 18

(a)It is the basic nature of ammonia molecule.

(b)Hydroxyl ion (NH3 +H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaNH4+ + OH-)

(c) The red litmus paper turns blue in the solution.

Question 19

(a) Of the two gases, ammonia and hydrogen chloride, which is more dense? Name the method of collection of this gas.

(b) Give one example of a reaction between the above two gases which produce a solid compound.

(c) Write the balanced equation for a reaction in which ammonia is oxidized by:

(i) A metal oxide

(ii) a gas which is not oxygen

Solution 19

(a) HCl gas is more dense [V.D.=18.25,V.D. of ammonia =8.5] and it is collected by the upward displacement of air.

(b) NH3 + HCl → NH4Cl

(c) Balanced equation:

(a) 2NH3 +3CuO Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia3Cu +3H2O +N2

(b) 2NH3 +3Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B AmmoniaN2 + 6HCl

Question 20

Give reasons for the following:

(a) Liquid ammonia is used as a refrigerant in ice plants.

(b) Aqueous solution of ammonia is used for removing grease stains from woollen clothes.

(c) Aqueous solution of ammonia gives a pungent smell.

(d) Aqueous solution of ammonia conducts electricity.

Solution 20

(a) Liquid ammonia acts as a refrigerant in ice plants. Evaporation needs heat energy, and when liquid ammonia vaporises, it absorbs large quantities of heat without changing its temperature. For these reasons, ammonia is widely used as a refrigerant.

(b) Ammonia is used for removing grease and dirt as it emulsifies or dissolves them.

(c) Ammonia is formed by bacterial decomposition of urea, so ammonia has a pungent smell.

(d) An aqueous solution of ammonia is a weak electrolyte. It dissociates partially to give hydroxyl ions, and ions conduct electricity. So an aqueous solution of ammonia conducts electricity.

Question 2008

a. Write the equation for the following: Aluminium nitride and water

b. Choose the correct option from the following: Ammonia can be obtained by adding water to

A. : Ammonium chloride

B. : Ammonium nitrite

C. : Magnesium nitride

D. : Magnesium nitrate

Solution 2008

a.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

b. C.: Magnesium nitride

Question 2009

a. Name the gas evolved in each case [formula is not acceptable]. The gas that burns in oxygen with a green flame.

b. Write a fully balanced equation for - Magnesium nitride is treated with warm water.

c. Identify the substance '0' based on the information given - The white crystalline solid 'Q' is soluble in water. It liberates a pungent smelling gas when heated with sodium hydroxide solution.

Solution 2009

a. Ammonia

b.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia.

c. 'Q' is ammonium chloride.

Question 2010

a. Complete the blanks (i) to (v) in the passage given using the following words. [Ammonium, reddish brown, hydroxyl, nitrogen dioxide, ammonia, dirty green, alkaline, acidic]. In the presence of a catalyst, nitrogen and hydrogen combine to give (i) ………. gas. When the same gas is passed through water, it forms a solution which will be (ii) ………… in nature and will contain the ions (iii) ………… and (iv) ………… A (v) ………… coloured precipitate of iron [H] hydroxide is formed when the above solution is added to iron [II] sulphate solution.

b. State your observation when - In the absence of catalyst, ammonia is burnt in an atmosphere of oxygen.

c. Give the equation for the reaction: Ammonium chloride is heated with sodium hydroxide.

d. In the manufacture of ammonia,

 i. Name the process

 ii. State the ratio of the reactants

 iii. State the catalyst used

 iv. Give the equation for the manufacture of the gas - ammonia.

e. Write a relevant equation to show that ammonia acts as a reducing agent.

f. Name two gases which can be used to study the fountain experiment. State the common property demonstrated by the fountain experiment.

Solution 2010

a. 

 i. Ammonia

 ii. Alkaline

 iii. Ammonium

 iv. Hydroxyl

 v. Dirty green

b. Ammonia burns with a yellowish flame. It produces water vapour and nitrogen.

c.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

d. 

 i. Haber's process

 ii. 1 part of nitrogen gas and 3 parts of hydrogen gas

 iii. Finely divided iron (Fe)

 iv.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

e.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

f. 

 i. Ammonia and hydrogen chloride gas

 ii. High solubility of gases in water

Question 2011

a. State what is observed when - Ammonium hydroxide is first added in a small quantity and then in excess to a solution of copper sulphate.

b. The diagram below shows the setup for the laboratory preparation of a pungent alkaline gas.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

 i. Name the gas collected in the jar.

 ii. Give a balanced equation for the above preparation.

 iii. State how the above gas is collected.

 iv. Name the drying agent used.

 v. State how you will find out that the jar is full of the pungent gas.

c. Write a balanced chemical equation - Chlorine reacts with excess of ammonia.

d. State your observation - Water is added to the product formed when Al is burnt in a jar of nitrogen gas.

Solution 2011

a. In small quantity: A bluish white ppt. is obtained.

In excess quantity: A deep blue solution is obtained.

 

b. 

 i. Ammonia

 ii.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

 iii. By downward displacement of air

 iv. Quicklime/CaO

 v. Bring a moist red litmus paper to the mouth of  the inverted jar if it immediately turns blue.

 Or

Bring a glass rod dipped in hydrochloric acid to the mouth of the inverted jar. If it produces dense white fumes, then the jar is full of gas.

c.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

d. Pungent smelling basic gas called ammonia is evolved.

Question 2012

a. Name - The gas produced when excess ammonia reacts with chlorine.

b. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s: Magnesium nitride reacts with water to liberate ammonia.

c. Give a balanced equation for the reaction: Ammonia and oxygen in the presence of a catalyst.

d. The following questions are based on the preparation of ammonia gas in the laboratory:

 i. Explain why ammonium nitrate is not used in the preparation of ammonia.

 ii. Name the compound normally used as a drying agent during the process.

 iii. How is ammonia gas collected? Explain why it is not collected over water.

Solution 2012

a. Nitrogen

b. Magnesium nitride reacts with boiling water to liberate ammonia.

c.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

d. 

 i. Ammonium nitrate is a highly explosive substance and cannot be heated.

 ii. Quicklime/CaO

 iii. By the downward displacement of air or upward delivery as it is lighter than air.

It is not collected over water because it easily dissolves in water.

Question 2013

a. State one appropriate observation for: Excess of chlorine gas is reacted with ammonia gas.

b. Nitrogen gas can be obtained by heating

 i. Ammonium nitrate

 ii. Ammonium nitrite

 iii. Magnesium nitride

 iv. Ammonium chloride

c. State two relevant observations for: Ammonium hydroxide solution is added to zinc nitrate solution slowly and then in excess.

d. Give a balanced equation for: Reduction of hot copper (II) oxide to copper using ammonia gas.

e. Copy and complete the following table relating to important industrial process:

Name of the process

Temperature

Catalyst

Equation for the catalysed reaction

Haber's process

 

 

 

 

f. Identify: An alkaline gas which produces dense white fumes when reacted with HCl gas.

Solution 2013

a. A yellow-coloured explosive is formed.

b. Ammonium nitrite

c. 

 i. When added in small quantity, it forms a gelatinous white ppt.

 ii. When added in excess, it dissolves to form a complex salt.

d.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

e.  

Name of the process

Temperature

Catalyst

Equation for the catalysed reaction

Haber's process

450-500°C

Finely divided iron (Fe)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

f.  Ammonia

Question 2014

a. Fill in the blank from the choices given in brackets: Ammonia gas is collected by …………. [upward displacement of air, downward displacement of water downward displacement of air].

b. Write a balanced equation for: Action of warm water on magnesium nitride.

c. Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds using the test given in brackets:

 i. Iron[II] sulphate and iron[III] sulphate (using ammonium hydroxide)

 ii. A lead salt and a zinc salt (using excess ammonium hydroxide)

d. State your observation: Calcium hydroxide is heated with ammonium chloride crystals.

e. Name the other ion formed when ammonia dissolves in water. Give one test that can be used to detect the presence of the ion produced.

f. State the conditions required for: Catalytic oxidation of ammonia to nitric oxide.

Solution 2014

a. Downward displacement of air.

b.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds B Ammonia

c. 

 i. Iron(II) sulphate: Gives dirty green ppt. with ammonium hydroxide insoluble in excess.

 ii. Iron(III) sulphate: Gives reddish brown ppt. with ammonium hydroxide insoluble in excess.

d. A colourless pungent-smelling ammonia gas is obtained.

e. 

 i. Hydroxyl (OH-) ion other than ammonium ion

 ii. Red litmus turns blue, methyl orange turns yellow and phenolphthalein turns pink.

f. In the presence of platinum catalyst at 800°C.

Question 2015

(a) Give balanced chemical equations for

(i) Lab preparation of ammonia using ammonium salt

(ii) Reaction of ammonia with excess of chlorine

(iii) Reaction of ammonia with sulphuric acid

(b) From the list of gases - ammonia, ethane, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen sulphide, select the gas which is used as a reducing agent in reducing copper oxide to copper.

Solution 2015

(a)  

(i)  2NH4Cl + Ca (OH)2 → CaCl2 + 2H2O + 2NH3 

(ii) NH3 + 3Cl2→ NCl3 + 3HCl

  (Nitrogen trichloride)

(iii) 2NH3 + H2SO4→ (NH4)2SO4

     Ammonium sulphate

(b) Ammonia (NH3)

Question 2016 (a)

Name

(a) Name the gas evolved when the following mixtures are heated :

(i) Calcium hydroxide and Ammonium Chloride

(ii) Sodium Nitrite and Ammonium Chloride 

Solution 2016 (a)

(i) Ammonia

(ii) Nitrogen 

Question 2016 (b)

(b) Write balanced chemical equations for each of the following :

(i) When excess of ammonia is treated with chlorine.

(ii) An equation to illustrate the reducing nature of ammonia. 

Solution 2016 (b)

(i) 8NH3 + 3Cl2→ N2 + 6NH4Cl 

(ii) 3PbO + 2NH3→3Pb + 3H2O + N2 

 

Chapter 12 - Organic Chemistry Exercise Intext 1

Question 12

Give the name of one member of each of the following:

(a) Saturated hydrocarbons

(b) Unsaturated hydrocarbons

 

Solution 12

The member of each of the following is:

(a) Saturated Hydrocarbon: Hexane (C6H14)

(b) Unsaturated Hydrocarbon: Hexene (C6H12)

Question 1

(a) What are organic compounds?

(b) What is the Vital force theory? Why was it discarded?

Solution 1

(a) Organic chemistry may be defined as the chemistry of hydrocarbons and its derivatives.

(b) Vital Force Theory is a theory made by the Scientist Berzelius in 1809 which assumed that organic compounds are only formed in living cells and it is impossible to prepare them in laboratories.

It was discarded because Friedrich Wohler showed that it was possible to obtain an organic compound(urea) in the laboratory.

Question 2

(a) Name a few sources of organic compounds

(b) Give the various applications of organic chemistry

Solution 2

(a) Few sources of organic compounds are:

Plants

Animals

Coal

Petroleum

Wood

(b) The various applications of organic chemistry is:

It is used in the production of soaps, shampoos, powders and perfumes.

Various fuels like natural gas, petroleum are also organic compounds.

The fabrics that we use to make various dresses are also made from organic compounds.

Question 3

Organic chemistry plays a key role in all walks of life. Discuss

Solution 3

Organic compounds are present everywhere. They are present in:

It is present in the production of soaps, shampoos, powders and perfumes.

It is present in the food we eat like carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins etc.

Fuel like natural gas, petroleum are also organic compounds.

Medicines, explosives, dyes, insecticides are all organic compounds.

Thus we can say that organic compounds play a key role in all walks of life.

Question 4

Carbon shows some unique properties, name them.

Solution 4

The unique properties shown by carbon are:

Tetravalency of carbon

Catenation

Isomerism

Question 5

Explain the following:

(a) Tetravalency

(b) Catenation

Solution 5

(a) Tetravalency: Carbon can neither lose nor gain electrons to attain octet. Thus it shares four electrons with other atoms. This characteristics of carbon by virtue of which it forms four covalent bonds, is called Tetravalency of carbon.

In structural form :

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193137_image002.jpg

(b) Catenation: The property of self -linking of atoms of an element through covalent bonds in order to form straight chains, branched chains and cyclic chains of different sizes is known as catenation.

Carbon- carbon bond is strong so carbon can combine with other carbon atoms to form chains or rings and can involve single, double and triple bonds.

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193137_image004.jpg

Question 6

Write any four properties of organic compounds that distinguish them from inorganic compounds.

Solution 6

Four properties of organic compound that distinguish them from inorganic compounds are:

(i) Presence of carbon.

(ii) Solubility in the organic solvents.

(iii) Forming of covalent bonds.

(iv) Having low melting and boiling points.

Question 7

Why are organic compounds studied as a separate branch of chemistry?

Solution 7

Due to the unique nature of carbon atom, it gives rise to formation of large number of compounds. Thus this demands a separate branch of chemistry.

Question 8

What are Hydrocarbons? Compare saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons?

Solution 8

Hydrocarbons are compounds that are made up of only carbon and hydrogen.

Comparison of saturated and Unsaturated hydrocarbons:

Saturated Hydrocarbon

Unsaturated Hydrocarbon

1. Carbon atoms are joined only by single bonds.

Carbon atoms are joined by double or by triple bonds.

2. They are less reactive due to the non-availability of electrons in the single covalent bond.

They are more reactive due to presence of electrons in the double or the triple bond.

3. They undergo substitution reaction.

They undergo addition reaction.

Question 9

Give reason for the existence of large numbers of organic compounds

Solution 9

Due to presence of unique properties of carbon like Tetravalency, catenation and Isomerism large number of organic compounds are formed.

Question 10

Give at least one example in each case to show structure of isomers of

(a) Single bond compound

(b) Double bond compound

(c) Triple bond Compound

Solution 10

(a) Single Bond compound: For example: In pentane

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 

(b) Double bond compound: For example:- In pentene

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(c) Triple bond compound: In case of Hexyne:

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 11

Name a compound of each type and draw the figure.

(a) Cyclic compound with single bond

(b) Cyclic compound with triple bond

Solution 11

(a) Cyclic compound with single bond: cyclopentane

Structure:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(b) Cyclic compound with triple bond: cyclopentyne

Structure:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 13

Define substitution and addition reaction.Give an example for each.

Solution 13

Substitution reaction: A reaction in which one atom of a molecule is replaced by another atom (or group of atoms) is called a substitution reaction.

Addition reaction: A reaction involving addition of atom(s) or molecules(s) to the double or the triple bond of an unsaturated compound so as to yield a saturated product is known as addition reaction.

Question 14

Define or explain chain isomerism and position isomerism with examples in each case.

Solution 14

Chain isomerism

Chain isomerism arises due to the difference in arrangement of C atoms in the chain. For example, there are two isomers of butane, C4H10. In one of them, the carbon atoms lie in a "straight chain" whereas in the other the chain is branched.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Position isomerism

It is due to the difference in position of functional groups.

For example, there are two structural isomers with the molecular formula C3H7Br. In one of them, the bromine atom is on the end of the chain, whereas in the other it is attached in the middle.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 15

(a)Define the term isomerism. State two main causes of isomerism?

(b) (b) Draw the chain isomers of hexane (C6H12).

(c) Draw position isomers of butene (C4H8)

Solution 15

(a)Isomerism: Compounds having the same molecular formula but different structural formula are known as isomers and the phenomenon as isomerism.

Two main causes of isomerism are:

Difference in mode of linking of atoms.

Difference in the arrangement of atoms or groups in space.

(b) 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(c)  

CH2=CHCH2CH3               H3C-CH=CHCH3

1-butene                              2-butene

Question 16

Define a functional group and give the structural formula of the following functional group:

(a) Ketons

(b) Alcohols

(c) Aldehydes

Solution 16

A functional group is an atom or a group of atoms that defines the structure (or the properties of a particular family) of organic compounds.

 

The structural formula of

(a) Halides :-R-X

Example:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(b)Alcohols:- R-OH

Example:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(c) Aldehydes:-R-CH=O

Example:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 17

Write the name and formula of the fourth member of the following homologous series:

a. Alkyne

b. Alcohol

Solution 17

a. Butyne; its formula is C4H6.

b. Butanol; its formula is C4H9OH.

Question 18

Which part of an organic compound determines

(i) Physical properties

(ii) Chemical properties

Solution 18

(i) Physical properties: The alkyl group determines the physical properties.

(ii) Chemical properties: The functional group is responsible for the chemical properties.

Question 19

Name the alkyl radical and the functional group of the following organic compounds:

(a) CH3OH

(b) C2H5OH

(c) C3H7CHO

(d) C4H9COOH

(e) CH3COOH

(f) HCHO

 

Solution 19

The alkyl radical and the functional group are:

 

Sr.No

Formula

Name of alkyl radical

Name of Functional group

a

CH3OH

Methyl

Alcohol

b

C2H5OH

Ethyl

Alcohol

c

C3H7CHO

Propyl

Aldehyde

d

C4H9COOH

Butyl

Carboxyl

e

CH3COOH

CH3

COOH

f

HCHO

H

CHO

Question 20

(a) What is an alkyl group?

(b) Give the names of any three alkyl radicals. How are they formed?

Solution 20

 

(a) An alkyl group is obtained by removing one atom of hydrogen from an alkane molecule. Alkyl group is named by replacing the suffix 'ane' of the alkane with the suffix -yl.

(b) The name of three alkyl radicals are:

Methyl

Ethyl

Propyl

 

They are formed by removing 1 hydrogen from an alkane.

CH4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry-CH3+H+

Methyl

CH3-CH3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH3-CH2 -+ H+

Ethyl

CH3-CH2-CH3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH3-CH2-CH2 -+ H+

Propyl

Question 21

Give the names and the structural formula of the first three members of the homologous series of alkanes

Solution 21

The names and the structural formula of first three members of the homologous series of alkane are:

(i)

CH4Methane Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(ii)

C2H6Ethane Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(iii)

C3H8Propane Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 22

(a) What is a Homologous series?

(b) What is the difference in the molecular formula of any two adjacent homologues:

(i) In terms of molecular mass

(ii) In terms of number and kind of atoms per molecule?

Solution 22

(a) A homologous series is a group of organic compounds having a similar structure and similar chemical properties in which the successive compounds differ by a CH2 group.

(b) The difference in molecular formula of any two adjacent homologues is

(i) It differs by 14 a.m.u in terms of molecular mass.

(ii) It differs by three atoms. The kind of atoms it differs is one carbon and two hydrogen.

Chapter 12 - Organic Chemistry Exercise Ex. 12A

Question (q)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Solution (q)

Methanal

Question (r)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution (r)

Propanol

Question 1(a)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(a)

2,2 dimethyl propane

Question 1(b)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(b)

2-methyl butane

Question 1(c)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(c)

Propene

Question 1(d)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(d)

2,2-dimethyl pentane

Question 1(e)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

CH3 - C = C - CH2CH2

Solution 1(e)

Pent-2-ene

Question 1(f)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(f)

3-methyl but-1-yne

Question 1(g)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(g)

2,3-dimethyl pentane

Question 1(h)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(h)

3-methyl heptane

Question 1(i)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Solution 1(i)

2-Butene

Question 1(j)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Solution 1(j)

Hept-2-yne

Question 1(k)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(k)

5,5-dimethyl hexan-1-al

Question 1(l)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(l)

Pentan-2-ol

Question 1(m)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(m)

4-methyl pentan-1-oic acid

Question 1(n)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(n)

2-bromo-2-methyl butane

Question 1(o)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(o)

1-bromo-3-methyl butane

Question 1(p)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(p)

Prop-1-yne

Question 1(s)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

Solution 1(s)

Ethanoic acid

Question 1(t)

Write the IUPAC name of the following:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Solution 1(t)

1,2-dichloroethane

Question 2

Write the structures of the following compounds:

(a) Prop-1-ene

(b) 2,3-dimethylbutane

(c) 2-methylpropane

(d) 3-hexene

(e) Prop-1-yne

(f) 2-methylprop-1-ene

(g) Alcohol with molecular formula C4H10O

Solution 2

The structure of the following compounds are:

(a) Prop-1-ene

CH3-CH=CH2

(b) 2,3-dimethylbutane

CH3-CH(CH3)-CH(CH3)-CH3

(c) 2-methylpropane

CH3-CH(CH3)-CH3

(d) 3-hexene

CH3-CH2-CH=CH-CH2-CH3

(e) Prop-1-yne

CH3-C?CH

(f) 2-methylprop-1-ene

CH3-C(CH3)=CH2

(g) Alcohol with molecular formula C4H10O

CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-OH

Question 3

Choose the correct answer:

(a) C5H11 is an

(i) Alkane (ii) Alkene (iii) Alkyne (iv) Alkyl group

 

(b) A hydrocarbon of the general CnH2n is

(i) C15H30 (ii) C12H26 (iii) C8H20 (iv) C6H14

 

(c) A hydrocarbon with molecular mass 72 is

(i) An alkane(ii) an alkene (iii) an alkyne

 

(d) The total number of different carbon chains that four carbon atoms form in alkane is

(i) 5 (ii) 4 (iii) 3 (iv) 2

 

(e) CH3-CH2-OH and CH3-O-CH3 are

(i) Position isomers (ii) chain isomers (iii) homologous (iv) functional group isomers

 

(f) The IUPAC name of the compound is

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(i) 3-trimethylhexane (ii) 3-methyl hexane (iii) 4-methyl hexane

Solution 3

(a) Correct answer: (iv)

CnH2n+1 is the formula for alkyl group. Hence it is C5H11.

 

(b) Correct answer: (i)

A hydrocarbon of general CnH2n is C15H30.

 

(c) Correct answer: (ii)

As the formula of Alkene is CnH2n. Thus n+2n=72

3n=72

n=24

By filling value we get the molecular mass 72.

 

(d) (iv)

The total number of carbon chains that four carbon atoms form in alkane is 2.They are:

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 

(e) Correct answer: (iv)

Alcohol and ether are functional isomers as they have same molecular formula but different functional groups.

 

(f) Correct answer: (ii)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

The IUPAC name of this compound is: 3-methyl hexane.

Question 4

Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words given in the brackets :

(a) Propane and ethane are________. (Homologues, isomers)

(b) A saturated hydrocarbon does not participate in a/an _________ reaction.(substitution, addition)

(c) Succeeding members of a homologous series differ by______. (CH,CH2,CH3)

(d) As the molecular masses of hydrocarbons increase, their boiling points ______ and melting point ______. (increase, decrease)

(e) C25H52 and C50H102 belong to ______ homologous series.(the same, different)

(f) CO is an _______Compound.(organic, inorganic)

(g) The chemical properties of an organic compound are largely decided by the ........ and the physical properties of an organic compound are largely decided by the _______. (functional group, number of carbon atoms)

(h) CHO is the functional group of an______. (alcohol, aldehyde)

(i) The root in the IUPAC name of an organic compound depends upon the number of carbon atoms in______. (any chain, principal chain)

(j) But-1-ene and but-2-ene are examples of _____ isomerism. (Chain , position , functional)

Solution 4

(a) Propane and ethane are homologues.

(b) A saturated hydrocarbon does not participate in a/an addition reaction.

(c) Succeeding members of a homologous series differ by CH2.

(d) As the molecular masses of hydrocarbons increase, their boiling points Increase and melting point increase.

(e) C25H52 and C50H102 belong to the same homologous series.

(f) CO is an organic Compound.

(g) The chemical properties of an organic compound are largely decided by the functional group and the physical properties of an organic compound are largely decided by the number of carbon atoms. 

(h) CHO is the functional group of an aldehyde.

(i) The root in the IUPAC name of an organic compound depends upon the number of carbon atoms in Principal Chain.

(j) But-1-ene and but-2-ene are examples of position isomerism.

Question 5

Draw the structural formula for each of the following compounds:

a. isomer of n-butane

b. vinegar

c. 2-propanol

d. ethanol

e. acetone

f. diethyl ether

What is used to describe these compounds taken together?

Solution 5

a. 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

b. 

 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

c. 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 

d. 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 

e. 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 

f.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 6

a. What is the special feature of the structure of 

 i. C2H4

 ii. C2H2  

b. What type of reaction is common to both these compounds? Why does methane not undergo this type of reaction?

(c) What is IUPAC name of dimethyl ether.

Solution 6

a. 

i.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry(Ethene)

 In the above structure, both carbons are bonded

 with double bonds.

ii.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry (Ethyne)

 In the above structure, both carbons are bonded

 with triple bonds.

b. Addition reactions are common to both these compounds. Methane does not undergo this type of reaction because it is bounded with four hydrogen atoms, while in ethane, double bonds break and provide a site for addition.

(c) Methoxymethane

Question 7

Which type of reaction will (i) ethane and (II) ethane undergo?

Solution 7

(i) Ethane undergoes substitution reactions.

(ii) Ethene undergoes addition reactions.

Question 8

Choosing only words from the following list, write down appropriate words to fill in the blanks from (a) to (e) given below. Addition, carbohydrates, CnH2n-2, CnH2n,CnH2n+2, electrochemical homologous, hydrocarbon, saturated, substitution, unsaturated.

The alkanes form an (a) ………… series with the general formula (b) ………….. The alkanes are (c) …………. (d) …………… which generally undergo (e) …………. reactions.

Solution 8

The alkanes form an (a) electrochemical homologous series with the general formula (b) CnH2n+2. The alkanes are (c) saturated (d) hydrocarbons which generally undergo (e) substitution reactions.

Question 9

Draw the structural formula of a compound with two carbon atoms in each of the following cases.

a. An alkane with a carbon to carbon single bond

b. An alcohol containing two carbon atoms

c. An unsaturated hydrocarbon with a carbon to carbon  triple bond

Solution 9

 a.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 

 b.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 c.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 10

Ethane, Ethene, Ethanoic acid, Ethyne, Ethanol From the above, name

a. The compound with -OH as the part of its structure.

b. The compound with -COOH as the part of its structure.

c. Homologue of the homologous series with the general formula CnH2n.

Solution 10

a. Ethanol

b. Ethanoic acid

c. Ethene

Question 11

Give the correct IUPAC name and the functional group for each of the compounds whose structural formulae are given below:

a. 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry 

 

b. 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Solution 11

a. Propanal

b. Propanol

Chapter 12 - Organic Chemistry Exercise Ex. 12C

Question 1

Write : (a) molecular formula , (b) electron dot formula and (c) structural formula of ethene .(Ethylene)

Solution 1

(a) The molecular formula of ethene is C2H4

(b) Electron dot formula of ethene is:

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193215_image150.jpg

(c) Structural formula of ethene:

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193215_image152.jpg

Question 2

The molecules of alkene family are represented by a general formula CnH2n.Answer The following :

(a) What do n and 2n signify?

(b) What is the name of alkene when n=4?

(c) What is the molecular formula of alkene when n=4?

(d) What is the molecular formula of the alkene if there are ten H atoms in it?

(e) What is the structural formula of the third member of the alkene family?

(f) Write the molecular formula of lower and higher homologus of an alkene which contains four carbon atoms.

Solution 2

(a) n signifies the number of carbon atoms and 2n signifies the number of hydrogen atoms.

(b) The name of alkene when n=4 is Butene.

(c) The molecular formula of alkene when n=4 is C4H8.

(d) The molecular formula of alkene when there are 10 H atom in it C5H10.

(e) The structural formula of the third member of alkene is

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193217_image154.jpg

(f) Lower homologus of alkene which contain four carbons is C3H6.

Higher homologus of alkene which contain four carbons is C5H10.

Question 3(a)

Distinguish between the saturated hydrocarbon ethane and the unsaturated hydrocarbon ethene by drawing their structural formulae.

Solution 3(a)

Ethane

Ethene

  • Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry
  • Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

It has carbon -carbon single bond.

It has carbon-carbon double bond

It is saturated.

It is unsaturated

Alkanes undergo substitution reaction.

Alkenes undergo addition reaction.

Question 3(b)

Draw the structure of isomers of butane and write their IUPAC names.

Solution 3(b)

There are two isomers are possible for butane:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 4

Give a balanced equation for the lab. Preparation of ethylene. How is the gas collected?

Solution 4

Balanced Equation of ethylene:

CH3-CH2OH + H2SO4 https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193221_image036.gifCH3-CH2HSO4+H2O

CH3-CH2HSO4 https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193221_image157.gifCH2=CH2

The gas is collected by downward displacement of water.

Question 5

How is ethene prepared by:

(a) Dehydrohalogenation reaction?

(b) Dehydration reaction?

Give equations and name the products formed.

Solution 5

(a) Dehydrohalogenation reaction:

C2H5Cl + KOH(alc.and hot) https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193223_image036.gifC2H4 + KCl + H2O

Ethene

(b) Dehydration reaction:

C2H5OH https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193223_image160.gifC2H4+H2O

Ethene

Question 6(a)

Ethylene when reacts with halogens (chlorine and bromine) form saturated products. Name them and write balanced equations.

Solution 6(a)

Chlorine and bromine are added to the double bond of ethene to form saturated ethylene chloride and ethylene bromide respectively.

CH2 = CH2 + Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2(Cl)-CH2(Cl)

1,2-dichloro ethane

 

CH2 = CH2 + Br2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2(Br)-CH2(Br)

1,2-dibromo ethane

 

Question 6(b)

Give the conditions and the main product formed by hydrogenation of ethylene.

Solution 6(b)

When ethene and hydrogen are passed over finely divided catalyst such as platinum or palladium at ordinary temperature or nickel at 200o C, the two atom of hydrogen molecule are added to the unsaturated molecule, which thus becomes a saturated one.

 

C2H4 +H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H6

Question 7

Convert ethanol into ethene using

(a) Solid dehydrating agent

(b) Hot conc. H2SO4

Give only balanced equations.

Solution 7

Conversion of ethanol to ethene by using

(a) Solid dehydrating agent:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 

(b) Hot conc. H2SO4:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 8

Write the following properties of ethene:

(a) Physical state

(b) Odour

(c) Density as compared to air

(d) Solubility

Solution 8

(a) Physical state: Ethene is a colourless and inflammable gas.

(b) Odour: It has faint sweetish odour.

(c) Density as compared to air: It has density less than one hence it is lighter than air.

(d) Solubility: It is sparingly soluble in water but highly soluble in organic solvents like alcohol, ether and chloroform.

Question 9

How would you convert:

(a) Ethene into 1,2-dibromoethane

(b) Ethene into ethyl bromide

Solution 9

(a) Ethene into 1, 2 -dibromoethane: Ethene reacts with bromine at room temperature to form saturated ethylene chloride.

CH2=CH2 + Br2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2(Br)-CH2(Br)

1,2-dibromo ethane

(b) Ethene into ethyl bromide: When ethene is treated with HBr bromoethane is formed.

CH2=CH2 + HBr Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH3-CH2Br

Ethyl bromide

Question 10

Give balanced equation when:

(a) Ethene is burnt in excess of oxygen

(b) Ethene reacts with chlorine

(c) Ethene combines with Hydrogen chloride

(d) A mixture of ethene and hydrogen is passed over nickel at 2000C.

Solution 10

(a) C2H4+3O2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry2CO2 +2H2O + heat

(b) CH2=CH2+Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2(Cl)-CH2(Cl)

(c) CH2=CH2 + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH3-CH2-Cl

(d) C2H4 +H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H6

Question 11

Give the formula and names of A, B ,C and D in the following equations:

(a) CH4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryA Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryB Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryD

(b) C2H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryA Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryB Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryD

(c) C2H4 +B Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H6

Solution 11

(a) CH4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH3Cl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCHCl3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCCl4

A= monochloromethane

B= dichloromethane

C=Trichloromethane

D=Tetrachloromethane

(b) C2H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H6 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H5Br Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H4Br

A= Ethene

B=ethane

C=bromoethane

D=dibromoethane

(c) C2H4 +H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H6

B= hydrogen

Question 12

Write the name and formula of the productformed in each case below:

(a) C2H4 +Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry______

(b) C2H5Br +KOH (alc.) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry______

(c) CH2=CH2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry_______

(d) CH2=CH2+HBr Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry_______

Solution 12

(a) C2H4 +Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2(Cl)-CH2(Cl)

1,2- dichloro ethane

(b) C2H5Br +KOH (alc.) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H4 +KBr +H2O

Ethane

(c) CH2=CH2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2(OH)-CH2(OH)

1,2- Ethanediol

(d) CH2=CH2+HBr Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH3-CH2Cl

chloroethane

Question 13

What do you observe when ethylene is passed through alkaline KMnO4 solution?

Solution 13

When ethylene is passed through alkaline KMnO4 solution 1, 2-Ethanediol is formed. The Purple color of KMnO4 decolorizes.

 

CH2=CH2+H-O-H +[O] Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2(OH)-CH2(OH)

Cold alkaline

KMnO4 solution

Question 14

Name three compounds formed by ethylene and give the use of these compounds.

Solution 14

Three compounds formed by ethylene are:

 

Polythene

Ethanol

Epoxyethane

 

Uses of above compounds:

 

Polythene is used as carry bags.

Ethanol is used as a starting material for other products, mainly cosmetics and toiletry preparation.

Epoxyethane is used in the manufacture of detergents.

Chapter 12 - Organic Chemistry Exercise Ex. 12D

Question 1

What are the sources for alkynes? Give the general formula of alkynes.

Solution 1

Natural gas and Petroleum are sources for alkynes.

The general formula of alkynes are:

CnH2n-2

Question 2

Give an example of isomers shown by triple bond hydrocarbon (alkynes) and write its IUPAC name.

Solution 2

Butyne is an example, its isomers are:

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193247_image198.jpg https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193247_image200.jpg

IUPAC name: But-2-yne But-1-yne

Question 3

How is acetylene prepared in the laboratory?

(a) Draw diagram

(b) Give equation

(c) How is pure dry gas collected?

Solution 3

(a) Diagram of acetylene preparation:

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193249_image202.jpg

(b) CaC2 +2H2O https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193249_image036.gifCa(OH)2 +C2H2

(c) The pure dry gas is collected by downward displacement of water, since it is insoluble in water.

Question 4

Give the method of preparation of ethyne by 1,2-dibromoethene.

Solution 4

When 1,2 -dibromoethane is boiled with alcoholic potassium hydroxide ,ethyne is formed.

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/193251_image205.gif

Question 5

Name the hydrocarbon which:

(a) Is a tetrahedral molecule

(b) Is a planar molecule

(c) Is a linear molecule

(d) Forms a red precipitate with ammoniacal solution of copper (I) chloride

(e) Is known as paraffin

(f) Is known as olefin

(g) A compound which will give acetylene (ethene) gas when treated with water.

Solution 5

(a) The hydrocarbon which is tetrahedral is Methane.

(b) The hydrocarbon which is planar molecule is ethene.

(c) The hydrocarbon which is a linear molecule is Ethyne.

(d) The hydrocarbon which forms a red precipitate with ammoniacal solution of copper chloride is acetylene.

(e) Alkanes are also called as paraffin.

(f) Alkenes are also called olefin.

(g) Calcium carbide

Question 6

Classify the following compounds as alkanes, alkenes and alkynes.

C3H4,C3H8, C5H8, C3H6

Solution 6

The following compounds can be classified as:

C3H4:- Alkynes

C3H8:- Alkanes

C5H8:- Alkynes

C3H6:- Alkenes

Question 7

Give a chemical test to distinguish between

(a) Saturated and unsaturated compounds.

(b) Ethane and ethene

(c) Ethene (ethylene) and ethyne (acetylene)

Solution 7

Chemical test to distinguish :

(b) Ethane and ethene:

 

S.No.

Test

Ethane

Ethene

1.

On adding a few drops of bromine solution in carbon tetrachloride to the hydrocarbon

No change is observed

The reddish brown colour gets decolorized

2.

On adding a few drops of alkaline potassium permanganate (purple colour) to the hydrocarbon

No change is observed

The purple colour fades.

 

 

(c) Ethene and ethyne:

S.No.

Test

Ethene

Ethyne

1.

On adding a few drops of ammonical cuprous chloride to the hydrocarbon

No change is observed

Red precipitate of copper acetylide is formed

2.

On adding ammonical silver nitrate

No observation

White precipitate of silver acetylide is formed.

 

Question 8

Compound X bubbled through bromine dissolved in CCl4

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(a) Draw the structure of X.

(b) State your observation during the reaction.

Solution 8

(a) HC≡CH

(b) Brown colour of CCl4 disappeared due to formation of addition product, i.e. 1, 2-dibromo ethane.

Question 9

Give balanced equations for the following conversations.

(a) An alkene to an alkane

(b) An alkene to an alcohol

(c) An alkyne to a alkene

Solution 9

(a) An alkene to an alkane

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(b) An alkene to an alcohol

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

(c) An alkyne to an alkene

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

Question 10

Name the products formed and write an equation when ethyne is added to the following in an inert solvent:

(a) Chlorine

(b) Bromine

(c) Iodine

(d) hydrogen

(e) excess of hydrochloric acid

Solution 10

(a) Ethyne in an inert solvent of carbon tetrachloride adds chlorine to change into 1,2-dichloro ethene with carbon-carbon double bond, and then to an 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro ethane with carbon-carbon single bond.

C2H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H2Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H2Cl4

1,2-dichloro ethene1,1,2,2 -tetrachloro ethane

 (b) Ethyne in an inert solvent of carbon tetrachloride adds bromine to change into 1,2-dibromo ethene and then to 1,1,2,2 -tetrabromo ethane .

 C2H2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H2Br2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryC2H2Br4

(c) Iodine reacts slowly in the presence of alcohol to form di-iodo ethene

CH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH +I2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryICH=CHI

1,2-di-iodoethene

(d) In the presence of nickel, platinum or palladium ethyne change to ethene and then to ethane.

CH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH2=CH2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic ChemistryCH3-CH3

(e) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Organic Chemistry

 

 

 

Chapter 4 - Analytical Chemistry Exercise Ex. 4

Question 1

Write the probable colour of the following salts?

(a) Ferrous salts

(b) Ammonium salts

(c) Cupric salts

(d) Calcium salts

(e) Aluminium salts

Solution 1

(a) Ferrous salts: Light green

(b) Ammoniumsalts: Colourless

(c) Cupric salts: Blue

(d) Calcium salts: Colourless

(e) Aluminium salts: Colourless

Question 2

Name:

(a) a metallic hydroxide soluble in excess of NH4OH.

(b) a metallic oxide soluble in excess of caustic soda solution.

(c) a strong alkali.

(d) a weak alkali.

(e) Two colourless metal ions.

(f) Two coloured metal ions.

(g) a metal that evolves a gas which burns with a pop sound when boiled with alkali solutions.

(h) Two bases which are not alkalis but dissolve in strong alkalis.

(i) a coloured metallic oxide which dissolves in alkalis to yield colourless solutions.

(j) a colourless cation not a representative element.

Solution 2

(a) Cu(OH)2

(b) ZnO

(c) NaOH

(d) NH4OH

(e) Na+, Ca2+

(f) Fe2+, Mn2+

(g) Aluminium

(h) Zn(OH)2 and Al(OH)3

(i) PbO

(j) Ammonium ion

Question 3

Write balanced equations for Q.2 (g) and (i).

Solution 3

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

Question 4

What happens when ammonia solution is added first dropwise and then inexcess to the following solutions:

(i) CuSO4(ii)ZnSO4(iii)FeCl3

Write balanced equations for these reactions.

Solution 4

(i)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

(ii)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

(iii)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

Question 5

What do you observe when caustic soda solution is added to the following solution: first a little and then in excess.

(a) FeCl3 ,

(b) ZnSO4,

(c) Pb(NO3)2 ,

(d) CuSO4?

Write balanced equations for these reactions.

Solution 5

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

Question 6

Name the chloride of a metal which is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide. Write equation for the same.

Solution 6

Zinc chloride (ZnCl2) is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

Question 7

On adding dilute ammonia solution to a colourless solution of a salt, a white gelatinous precipitate appears. This precipitate however dissolves on addition of excess of ammonia solution. Identify (choose from Na, Al, Zn, Pb, Fe)

(a) Which metal salt solution was used?

(b) What is the formula of the white gelatinous precipitate obtained?

Solution 7

(a) ZnCl2

(b) Zn(OH)2

Question 8

Name:

(a) A yellow monoxide that dissolves in hot and concentrated caustic alkali.

(b) A white, insoluble oxide that dissolves when fused with caustic soda or caustic potash.

(c) A compound containing zinc in the anion.

Solution 8

(a) PbO

(b) ZnO

(c) K2ZnO2

Question 9

Select the correct answers:

(a) Colour of an aqueous solution of copper sulphate is

(i) Green

(ii) Brown

(iii) Blue

(iv) Yellow

(b) Colour of the precipitate formed on adding NaOH solution to iron (II) sulphate solution is

(i) White

(ii) Brown

(iii) Green

(iv) Pale blue

(c) A metal which produces hydrogen on reacting with alkali as well as with acid.

(i) Iron

(ii) Magnesium

(iii) Zinc

(iv) Copper

(d) The salt solution which does not react with ammonium hydroxide is

(a) Calcium nitrate

(b) Zinc nitrate

(c) Lead nitrate

(d) Copper nitrate

Solution 9

(a) (iii)

Aqueous solution of copper sulphate is blue.

(b) (iii)

 FeSO4 + 2NaOH → Fe(OH)+ Na2SO4

  (Dirty green, (Colourless)

  gelatinous ppt.)

(c) (iii)

 Zn + 2NaOH → Na2ZnO2 + H2

 Sodium zincate

   (Colourless)

Zz Zn + HCl → ZnCl2 + H2 

(d) Option (a)

The salt solution which does not react with ammonium hydroxide is calcium nitrate.

Question 10

What do you observe when freshly precipitated aluminum hydroxide reacts with caustic soda solution?Give balanced equation.

Solution 10

When freshly precipitated aluminum hydroxide reacts with caustic soda solution, whitesalt of sodium meta aluminate is obtained.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

Question 11

You are provided with two reagent bottles marked A and B. One of which contains NH4OH solution and the other contains NaOH solution. How will you identify them by a chemical test?

Solution 11

Reagent bottles A and B can identified by using calcium salts such as Ca(NO3)2.

On adding NaOH to Ca (NO3)2, Ca (OH) 2 is precipitated as white precipitate which is sparingly soluble in excess of NaOH.

Ca(NO3)2+2NaOH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical ChemistryCa(OH)2+2NaNO3

Whereas, on addition of NH4OH to calcium salts, no precipitation of Ca(OH)2 occurs even with addition of excess of NH4OH because the concentration of OH-ions from the ionization of NH4OH is so low that it cannot precipitate the hydroxide of calcium.

So the reagent bottle which gives white precipitate is NaOH and the other is NH4OH.

Question 12

Distinguish by adding: sodium hydroxide solution and ammonium hydroxide solution to

(a) Calcium salt solution and lead salt solution

(b) Lead nitrate solution and zinc nitrate solution

(c) Copper salt solution and ferrous salt solution

(d)Fe(II) salt solution and Fe(III) salt solution

(e) Ferrous nitrate and lead nitrate

Solution 12

(a) Sodium hydroxide on reaction with calcium salt gives a milky white precipitate, while that of with lead it gives chalky white precipitate.

(b) Sodium hydroxide and ammonium hydroxide on reaction with lead salt gives brown coloured precipitate, while that of with zinc it forms white gelatin like precipitate.

(c) Sodium hydroxide and ammonium hydroxide on reaction with Copper salt gives pale blue coloured precipitate, while that of with ferrous salt solution it forms dirty green coloured precipitate.

(d)Sodium hydroxide and ammonium hydroxide on reaction with Fe(II) salt gives dirty green coloured precipitate, while that of with Fe(III) salt solution it forms reddish brown insoluble precipitate.

(e) Ammonium hydroxide on reaction with lead nitrate gives a chalky white insoluble precipitate, while that of with ferrous nitrate will not give any precipitation.

Question 13

How will you distinguish lead carbonate and zinc carbonate in solution?

Solution 13

Lead carbonate is dissolved in dilute nitric acid and then ammonium hydroxide is added to it. A white precipitate is formed which is insoluble in excess.

Zinc carbonate is dissolved in dilute nitric acid and then ammonium hydroxide is added to it. A white precipitate is formed which is soluble in excess.

Question 14

What is observed when hot concentrated caustic soda solution is added to

a. Zinc

b. Aluminium

Write balanced equations.

Solution 14

a. Zn + 2NaOH → Na2ZnO2 + H2

b. 2Al + 2NaOH + 2H2O → 2Na2AlO2 + 3H2

Question 15

a. What do you understand by amphoteric oxide?

b. Give the balanced equations for the reaction with two different amphoteric oxides with a caustic alkali.

c. Name the products formed.

Solution 15

a. Amphoteric oxides are compounds which react with both acids and alkalis to form salt and water.

b. ZnO + 2NaOH → Na2ZnO2 + H2O

 Al2O3 + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO2 + H2O

c. Sodium zincate

Aluminium zincate

Question 16

Write balanced equations for the following conversions:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry 

Solution 16

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

Chapter 4 - Analytical Chemistry Exercise Intext 1

Question 1

What do you understand by the following:

(i) Analysis,

(ii) Qualitative analysis,

(iii) Reagent,

(iv) Precipitation?

Solution 1

(i) Analysis: The determination of chemical components in a given sample is called analysis.

(ii) Qualitative analysis: The analysis which involves the identification of the unknown substances in a given sample is called qualitative analysis.

(iii) Reagent:A reagent is a substance that reacts with another substance.

(iv) Precipitation: It is the process of formation of an insoluble solid when solutions are mixed. The solid thus formed is called precipitate.

Question 2

Write the probable colour of the following salts:

(i) Iron (III) chloride,

(ii) Potassium nitrate,

(iii) Ferrous sulphate,

(iv) Aluminum acetate,

Solution 2

(i) Yellow

(ii) Colourless

(iii) PaleGreen

(iv) Colourless

Question 3

Name the probable cations present in the following observations:

 a. White precipitate insoluble in NH4OH but soluble in NaOH

 b. Blue-coloured solution

Solution 3

 a. Pb2+

 b. Cu2+

Question 4

Name the metal hydroxides which are :

a.     Insoluble

b.    Soluble

       i.            Caustic soda solution

    ii.            Ammonium hydroxide solution.

Solution 4

Name of solution

Soluble metal hydroxides

Insoluble metal hydroxides

Caustic soda solution

 

Zn(OH)2 Pb(OH)2

Fe(OH)3

Ammonium hydroxide solution

Zn(OH)2

Cu(OH)2

Fe(OH)3

Fe(OH)2

Question 5

What do you observe when an ammonium salt is heated with caustic soda solution? Write the word equation.

Solution 5

When ammonium salt is heated with caustic soda solution, ammonia gas is evolved.

The word equation is:

Ammonium chloride + Sodium hydroxide  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry Sodium chloride + water + ammonia

 

Ammonium sulphate + Sodium hydroxide  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry   Sodium sulphate + water + ammonia

 

  

The balance equation is:

NH4Cl+NaOH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical ChemistryNaCl+H2O+NH3

(NH4)2SO4 + 2NaOH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical ChemistryNa2SO4 + 2H2O + 2NH3

Question 6

How will you distinguish NH4OH solution from NaOH solution?

Solution 6

NH4OH and NaOH can be distinguished by using calcium salts.

For example on adding NaOH to Ca(NO3)2, Ca(OH)2 is obtained as white precipitate which is sparingly soluble in excess of NaOH.

Ca(NO3)2+2NaOH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical ChemistryCa(OH)2+2NaNO3

On addition of NH4OH to calcium salts, no precipitation of Ca(OH)2 occurs even with the addition of excess of NH4OH.This is because the concentration of OH- ions from the ionization of NH4OH is so low that it cannot precipitate the hydroxide of calcium.

Question 7

Why is an alkali added drop by drop to the salt solution?

Solution 7

If an alkali is added too quickly, then it is easy to miss a precipitate which redissolves in excess alkali.

Question 8

Write balanced equations:

(a) Reaction of sodium hydroxide solution with iron (III) chloride solution.

(b) Copper sulphate solution with ammonium hydroxide solution.

Solution 8

(a)

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

(b)

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Analytical Chemistry

 

Chapter 2 - Chemical Bonding Exercise Ex. 2

Question 1

Define a coordinate bond and give conditions for its formation.

Solution 1

The bond formed between two atoms by sharing a pair of electrons, provided entirely by one of the combining atoms but shared by both is called a coordinate bond. It is represented by an arrow starting from the donor atoms and ending in the acceptor atom.

Conditions:

1. One of the two atoms must have at least one lone pair of electrons.

2. Another atom should be short of at least a lone pair of electrons.

The two lone pair of electrons in the oxygen atom of water is used to form coordinate bond with the hydrogen ion which is short of an electron resulting in the formation of the hydronium ion.

H2O + H+ Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical BondingH3O+ Over here the hydrogen ion accepts one lone pair of electrons of the oxygen atom of water molecule leading to the formation of a coordinate covalent bond.

Question 2

What do you understand by lone pair and shared pair?

Solution 2

A pair of electrons which is not shared with any other atom is known as a lone pair of electrons. It is provided to the other atom for the formation of a coordinate bond.

A pair of electrons which is shared between two atoms resulting in the formation of a covalent bond is called a shared pair.

Question 3

State the type of bonding in the following molecules:

a. Water

b. Calcium oxide

c. Hydroxyl ion

d. Methane

e. Ammonium ion

f. Ammonium chloride

Solution 3

a. Polar covalent bond

b. Ionic bond

c. O and H are bonded with a single covalent bond and oxygen possesses a single negative charge in the hydroxyl ion.

d. Covalent bond

e. Coordinate bond

f. Electrovalent bond, dative bond (or coordinate bond) and covalent bond

Question 4

(a) Draw an electron dot diagram to show the structure of each of the following:

(i) Hydronium ions

(ii) Ammonium ion

(iii) Hydroxyl ion

State the type of bonding present in them.

(b) Give two examples in each case:

(i) Co-ordinate bond compounds

(ii) Solid covalent compounds

(iii) Gaseous polar compounds

(iv) Gaseous non-polar compounds

(v) Liquid non-polar compounds

Solution 4

(a)

(i)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

(ii)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

(iii)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

(b)

(i) Ammoniumion and hydronium ion

(ii) Phosphoruspentachloride and diamond

(iii) Hydrogen chloride and water vapour

(iv) Oxygen gas and nitrogen gas

(v) Toluene and Gasoline

Question 5

Element M forms a chloride with the formula MCl2 which is a solid with high melting point. M would most likely be in the group in which ______ is placed. [(a) Na (b) Mg (c)Al (d) Si]

Solution 5

Mg

Question 6

Complete the following:

 

Sodium

Phosphorus

Carbon

Formula of chloride

 

 

 

Nature of bonding

 

 

 

Physical state of chloride

 

 

 

 

Solution 6

 

Sodium

Phosphorus

Carbon

Formula of chloride

NaCl

PCl5

CCl4

Nature of bonding

Ionic

Covalent

Covalent

Physical state of chloride

Solid

Solid

Liquid

Question 7

a. How many atoms of each kind are present in the following molecules: calcium oxide, chlorine, water, carbon tetrachloride?

b. How many electrons are required by each atom mentioned in (a) to attain the nearest noble gas configuration?

Solution 7

a. CaO - 1 calcium atom + 1 oxygen atom

Cl2 - 2 chlorine atoms

H2O - 2 hydrogen atoms + 1 oxygen atom

CCl4 - 1 carbon atom + 4 chlorine atoms

b. 

Ca - will donate two electrons

O - will accept two electrons

Cl - will accept one electron, so two Cl atoms will share an electron pair.

C - will accept four electrons by sharing electrons pairs with hydrogen forming covalent bonds.

H - will donate one electron by sharing an electron pair with carbon.

Question 8

Complete the following:

(a) When the nuclei of two reacting atoms are of _____ mass, then a bond so formed is called _____covalent bond. (Equal, unequal, polar, non -polar).

(b) In case of non-polar covalent bond, the covalent bond is formed in the _____of atoms and shared electrons are distributed _____. (Corner, middle, equally, unequally).

(c) Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not conduct electricity in their …………… state. (Fused/solid)

(d) The ions in ______ compounds are held very strongly due to strong _______ forces. ( electrovalent, covalent, electromagnetic, electrostatic)

Solution 8

(a) Unequal,polar

(b) Middle, equally

(c) Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not conduct electricity in their solid state.

(d) Electrovalent, electrostatic

Question 9

a. Compound X consists of molecules. Choose the letter corresponding to the correct answer from the options A, B, C and D given below:

 i. The type of bonding in X will be

A. ionic

B. electrovalent

C. covalent

D. molecular

 ii. X is likely to have a

A. low melting point and high boiling point

B. high melting point and low boiling point

C. low melting point and low boiling point

D. high melting point and high boiling point

 iii. In the liquid state, X will

A. become ionic

B. be an electrolyte

C. conduct electricity

D. not conduct electricity

Solution 9

a.  

 i. C

 ii. C

 iii. D

Question 10

a. Electrons are getting added to an element Y:

i. Is Y getting oxidised or reduced?

ii. What charge will Y migrate to during the process of electrolysis?

b. Acids dissolve in water and produce positively charged ions. Draw the structure of these positive ions.

c. Explain why carbon tetrachloride does not dissolve in water.

Solution 10

a.

i. Y is getting reduced.

ii. Y is positive and it will migrate towards negative electrode that is cathode.

b.  

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding 

c. It is a non-polar covalent compound and does not dissolve in polar solvents like water.

Question 11

a. Elements Q and S react together to form an ionic compound. Under normal conditions, which physical state will the compound QS exist in?

b. Can Q and S both be metals? Justify your answer.

c. The property which is characteristic of an electrovalent compound is that

A. it is easily vaporised

B. it has a high melting point

C. it is a weak electrolyte

D. it often exists as a liquid

d. When a metal atom becomes an ion,

A. it loses electrons and is oxidised

B. it gains electrons and is reduced

C. it gains electrons and is oxidised

D. it loses electrons and is reduced

Solution 11

a. Solid

b. No, in the formation of an ionic compound, one element is a metal and the other is a non-metal.

c. B

d. A

Question 12

In the formation of magnesium chloride (by direct combination between magnesium and chloride), name the substance that is oxidized and the substance that is reduced.

Solution 12

Magnesium oxidises and chlorine reduces during the formation of magnesium chloride.

Question b

What are the terms defined below?

(i) A bond formed by share pair of electrons, each bonding atom contributing one electron to the pair.

(ii) A bond formed by a shared pair of electrons with both electrons coming from the same atom.

Solution b

(i) Covalent bond

(ii) Co-ordinate bond

Question 14

a. The one which is composed of all the three kinds of bonds [ionic, covalent and coordinate bonds] is

   A. Sodium chloride

   B. Ammonia

   C. Carbon tetrachloride

   D. Ammonium chloride

b. Draw the structural formula of carbon tetrachloride and state the type of bond present in it.

Solution 14

a. Ammonium chloride

b.  

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

 A single covalent bond is present.

Question 15

a. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D. Metals lose electrons during ionisation _____. This change is called

A. Oxidation

B. Reduction

C. Redox

D. Displacement

b. Select the right answer.

 i. Sodium chloride _______ covalent bond / ionic bond / covalent and coordinate bond.

 ii. Ammonium ion _______ covalent bond / ionic bond / covalent and coordinate bond.

 iii. Carbon tetrachloride _______ covalent bond / ionic bond / covalent and coordinate bond.

Solution 15

a. Oxidation

b.  

 i. ionic bond

 ii. covalent and oordinate bond

 iii. covalent bond

Question 16

a.  

 i. In covalent compounds, the bond is formed due to …………… [sharing/transfer] of electrons.

 ii. Electrovalent compounds have a ……….. [low/high] boiling point.

 iii. A molecule of ……………. contains a triple bond. [hydrogen, ammonia, nitrogen].

b. By drawing an electron dot diagram, show the lone pair effect leading to the formation of ammonium ion from ammonia gas and hydrogen ion.

c. Give reasons. Hydrogen chloride can be termed a polar covalent compound.

Solution 16

a.  

 i. Sharing

 ii. high

 iii. nitrogen

b.  

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

c.  

HCl is a covalent compound formed by sharing one electron between chlorine and hydrogen. Because chlorine is more electronegative than hydrogen, the shared pair of electrons shifts towards the chlorine atom. So, a partial negative charge (δ-) develops on chlorine and a partial positive charge (δ+) develops on hydrogen. Hence, the covalent bond is polar in nature.

Question 17

a. Draw an electron dot diagram of the structure of hydronium ion. State the type of bonding present in it.

b. There are three elements E, F, G with atomic number 19, 8 and 17, respectively. Give the molecular formula of the compound formed between E and G and state the type of chemical bond in this compound.

Solution 17

a.  

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

Covalent and coordinate bond

b. E = 19

F = 8

G= 17

Molecular formula: EG

Chemical bond: Ionic bond

Question 18

a. A chemical term for a bond formed by a shared pair of electrons with both electrons coming from the same atom.

b. Among the compounds, identify the compound that has all three bonds [ionic, covalent and coordinate bond].

A. Ammonia

B. Ammonium chloride

C. Sodium hydroxide

D. Calcium chloride

c. State which is not a typical property of an ionic compound.

A. High m.p.

B. Conducts electricity in molten and aqueous state

C. Are insoluble in water

D. Exist as oppositely charged ions even in the solid state

d. Compare carbon tetrachloride and sodium chloride with regard to solubility in water and electrical conductivity.

Solution 18

a. Dative or coordinate bond

b. B Ammonium chloride

c. C Are insoluble in water

d.  

Carbon tetrachloride

Sodium chloride

It is insoluble in water but dissolves in organic solvents.

It is soluble in water but insoluble in organic solvents.

It is a non-conductor of electricity due to the absence of ions.

It does not conduct electricity in the solid state but conducts electricity in the fused or aqueous state.

 

 

Question 19

a. Compound 'X' consists of only molecules. 'X' will have ______

A. Crystalline hard structure

B. A low m.p. and low b.p.

C. An ionic bond

D. A strong force of attraction between its molecules

b. The molecule which contains a triple covalent bond is

A. ammonia

B. methane

C. water

D. nitrogen

c. Give one word or phrase for the following: Formation of ions from molecules.

d. Give reason why covalent compounds exist as gases, liquids or soft solids.

Solution 19

a. B

b. D

c. Ionisation

d. Their constituent particles are molecules. These exist as gases or liquids or soft solids because they have weak forces of attraction between their molecules.

Question 20

(a) The following table shows the electronic configuration of the elements W, X, Y, Z:

Element

W

X

Y

Z

Electronic configurations

2, 8, 1

2, 8, 7

2, 5

1

 

Answer the following questions based on the table above:

(i) What type of Bond is formed between :

1. W and X 2. Y and Z

(ii) What is the formula of the compound formed between :

1. X and Z 2. W and X

Solution 20

(i) Ionic bond is formed by transfer of one electron from element W to element X.

(ii) Covalent bond is formed by sharing of electrons between elements Y and Z. 

Chapter 2 - Chemical Bonding Exercise Intext 1

Question 1

How do atoms attain noble gas configuration?

Solution 1

Atoms lose, gain or share electrons to attain noble gas configuration.

Question 2

Define

(a) a chemical bond

(b) an electrovalent bond

(c) a covalent bond

Solution 2

(a) A chemical bond may be defined as the force of attraction between any two atoms, in a molecule, to maintain stability.

(b) The chemical bond formed between two atoms by transfer of one or more electrons from the atom of a metallic electropositive element to an atom of a non-metallic electronegative element is called as electrovalent bond.

(c) The chemical bond formed due to mutual sharing of electrons between the given pairs of atoms of non-metallic elements is called as a covalent bond.

Question 3

What are the conditions for formation of an electrovalent bond?

Solution 3

Conditions for formation of Ionic bond are:

(i) The atom which changes into cation should possess 1, 2 or 3 valency electrons. The other atom which changes into anion should possess 5, 6 or 7 electrons in the valence shell.

(ii) A high difference of electronegativity of the two atoms is necessary for the formation of an Ionic bond.

(iii) There must be an overall decrease in energy i.e., energy must be released.

For this an atom should have low value of Ionisation potential and the other atom should have high value of electron affinity..

Question 4

An atom X has three electrons more than noble gas configuration. What type of ion will it form? Write the formula of its (i) Sulphate (ii) Nitrate (iii) Phosphate (iv) carbonate (v) Hydroxide

Solution 4

It will form a cation: X3+

(i) X2(SO4)3

(ii) X(NO3)3

(iii) XPO4

(iv) X2(CO3)3

(v) X(OH)3

Question 5

Mention the basic tendency of an atom which makes it combine with other atoms.

Solution 5

Atoms combine with other atoms to attain stable octet or noble gas configuration.

Question 6 do ur self

Q A solid is crystalline, has a high melting point and is water soluble. Describe the nature of the solid.

Solution

The crystalline solid is ionic in nature. It has strong electrostatic forces of attraction between its ions, which cannot be separated easily.

Crystalline solids have high melting and boiling points, and a large amount of energy is required to break the strong bonding force between ions.

Water is a polar compound, so it decreases the electrostatic forces of attraction in the crystalline solid, resulting in free ions in the aqueous solution. Hence, the solid dissolves.

Question 7

In the formation of compound XY2, an atom X gives one electron to each Y atom, what is the nature of bond in XY2? Draw the electron dot structure of this compound?

Solution 7

X and Y form an ionic bond in XY2.

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/192487_image002.jpg.

Question 8

An atom has 2, 8, 7 electrons in its shell. It combines with Y having 1 electron in its outermost shell.

(a) What type of bond will be formed between X and Y?

(b) Write the formula of compound formed.

Solution 8

(a) X has 7 electrons in its outermost shell and Y has only one electron in its outermost shell so Y loses its one electron and X gains that electron to form an ionic bond.

(b) The formula of the compound would be XY.

Question 9

Draw electron dot diagrams of

(i) NaCl (ii) MgCl(iii) CaO.

Solution 9

Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of NaCl:

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of MgCl2:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of CaO:

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

Question 10

Compare :

(a) Sodium atom and sodium ion

(b) Chlorine atom and chlorine ion

With respect to

(i) Atomic structure

(ii) Electrical state

(iii) Chemical action and

(iv) toxicity

Solution 10

(a) Sodium atom and sodium ion

(i) Sodium atom has one electron in M shell while sodium ion has 8 electrons in L shell.

(ii) Sodium atom is neutral while sodium ion is positively charged.

(iii) Sodium atom is highly reactive while its ion is inert.

iv) Sodium atom is poisonous while sodium ion is non-poisonous.

(b)Chlorine atom and chlorine ion

(i) Chlorine atom has 7 electrons in its M shell while Chloride ion has 8 electrons in the same shell.

(ii) Chlorine atom is neutral while chloride ion is negatively charged.

(iii) Chlorine atom is highly reactive while its ion is inert.

iv) Chlorine gas is poisonous while chloride ion is non-poisonous.

Question 11

The electronic configuration of fluoride ion is the same as that of a neon atom. What is the difference between two?

Solution 11

Fluoride ion is negatively charged while neon atom is neutral.

Question 13

a. What do you understand by redox reactions? Explain oxidation and reduction in terms of loss or gain of electrons.

14. Divide the following redox reactions into oxidation and reduction half reactions.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding 

15. Potassium (Atomic No. 19) and chlorine (Atomic No. 17) react to form a compound. On the basis of electronic concept, explain

 i. oxidation

 ii. reduction

 iii. oxidising agent

 iv. reducing agent

Solution 13

a. Transfer of electron(s) is involved in the formation of an electrovalent bond. The electropositive atom undergoes oxidation, while the electronegative atom undergoes reduction. This is known as a redox process.

Oxidation: In the electronic concept, oxidation is a process in which an atom or ion loses electron(s).

 

Zn → Zn2+ + 2e-

Reduction: In the electronic concept, the reduction is a process in which an atom or ion accepts electron(s).

 

Cu2+ + 2e- Cu

14 

 

 i. Zn Zn2+ + 2e- (Oxidation)

 

 Pb2+ + 2e-  → Pb (Reduction)

 

 ii. Zn Zn2+ + 2e- (Oxidation)

 

 Cu2+ + 2e- Cu (Reduction)

 

 iii. Cl2 + 2e-2Cl- (Reduction)

 

 2Br- Br2 + 2e- (Oxidation)

 

 iv. Sn2+ Sn4+ + 2e- (Oxidation)

 

 2Hg2+ + 2e- Hg2 (Reduction)

 

 v. Cu+ Cu2+ + e- (Oxidation)

 

Cu+ + e- Cu (Reduction)

 

15 2K + Cl2 2KCl

 i. Oxidation: In the electronic concept, oxidation is a process in which an atom or ion loses electron(s).

 

 K → K+ + e-

 ii. Reduction: In the electronic concept, the reduction is a process in which an atom or ion accepts electron(s).

 

 Cl2 + 2e- 2Cl-

 iii. Oxidising agent

 An oxidising agent oxidises other substances either by accepting electrons or by providing oxygen or an electronegative ion, or by removing hydrogen or an electropositive ion.

 

 Cl2 + 2e- 2Cl-

 iv. Reducing agent

 A reducing agent reduces other substances either by providing electrons or by providing hydrogen or an electropositive ion, or by removing oxygen or an electronegative ion.

 

 K → K+ + e-

Chapter 2 - Chemical Bonding Exercise Intext 2

Question 1

What are conditions necessary for the formation of covalent molecules?

Solution 1

(i) Both atoms should have four or more electrons in their outermost shells, i.e., non-metals.

(ii) Both the atoms should have high electronegativity.

(iii) Both the atoms should have high electron affinity and high ionisation potential.

(iv) Electronegativity difference between the two atoms should be zero or negligible.

(v) The approach of the atoms towards one another should be accompanied by decrease of energy.

Question 2

Elements A, B and C have atomic numbers17, 19 and 10 respectively.

(a) State which one is:

(i) A non-metal

(ii) A metal

(iii) Chemically inert?

(b) Write down the formula of the compound formed by two of the above elements.

Solution 2

(a) A is a non-metal; B is a metal while C is a chemically inert element.

(b) BA

Question 3

Draw the electron dot diagram and structure of:

a. nitrogen molecule

b. magnesium chloride

c. methane

Solution 3

a.  

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding 

b.  

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

c.    

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

Question 4

What is the difference between:

(a) Ionic compounds and polar covalent compounds

(b) Ionic compounds and covalent compounds

(c) A polar covalent compound and a non-polar covalent compound?

Solution 4

(a) Ionic compounds are formed as a result of the transfer of one or more electrons from the atom of a metallic electropositive element to an atom of a non-metallic electronegative element.

A polar covalent compound is the one in which there is an unequal distribution of electrons between the two atoms.

(b) Ionic compounds, made up of ions, are generally crystalline solids with high melting and boiling points.

They are soluble in water and good conductors of electricity in aqueous solution and molten state.

Covalent compounds, made up of molecules, can exist as soft solids or liquids or gases with low melting and boiling points. They are generally insoluble in water and poor conductors of electricity.

(c) Polar covalent compounds are formed between 2 non-metal atoms that have different electronegativities and therefore have unequal sharing of the bonded electron pair.

Non-polar compounds are formed when two identical non-metals equally share electrons between them.

Question 5

The element X has electronic configuration 2, 8, 18, 8, 1. Without identifying X ,

(a) Predict the sign and charge on a simple ion of X

(b) Write if X will be an oxidizing agent or reducing agent and why?

Solution 5

(a) X+

(b) X will be a strong reducing agent as it will have the tendency to donate its valence electron.

Question 6

What do you understand by dipole compounds? Explain it by taking hydrogen chloride as an example.

Solution 6

Covalent compounds are said to be polar when shared pair of electrons are unequally distributed between the two atoms. For example in HCl, the high electronegativity of the chlorine atom attracts the shared electron pair towards itself. As a result, it develops a slight negative charge and hydrogen atom develops a slight positive charge. Hence, a polar covalent bond is formed.

https://images.topperlearning.com/topper/bookquestions/192507_image008.jpg

Question 7

a. Explain the bonding in methane molecule using the electron dot structure.

b. The methane molecule is a non-polar molecule. Explain.

Solution 7

a.  

Atom

Electronic configuration

Nearest noble gas

To attain stable electronic configuration of a nearest noble gas

Carbon

126C [2,4]

Neon [2,8]

Carbon needs four electrons to complete the octet.

Hydrogen

11H [1]

Helium [2]

Hydrogen needs one electron to complete the duplet.

 

One atom of carbon shares four electron pairs, one with each of the four atoms of hydrogen.

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding 

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding 

Before combination

(4 [H] and 1 [C] atom)  

After combination (CH4 - Methane molecule)

 

 

b. Methane is a covalent compound and is non-polar in nature. This is because the shared pair of electrons is equally distributed between the two atoms. So, no charge separation takes place and the molecule is symmetrical and electrically neutral.

Question 8

Give the characteristic properties of:

(a) Electrovalent compounds

(b) Covalent compounds

Solution 8

(a) Properties of Electrovalent Compounds:

1. Ionic compounds usually exist in the form of crystalline solids.

2. Ionic compounds have high melting and boiling points.

3. Ionic compounds are generally soluble in water but insoluble in organic solvents.

4. They are good conductors of electricity in the fused or in an aqueous solution state.

 

(b) Properties of Covalent Compounds:

1.The covalent compounds exist as gases or liquids or soft solids.

2. The melting and boiling points of covalent compounds are generally low.

3. Covalent compounds are insoluble in water but dissolve in organic solvents.

4. They are non-conductors of electricity in the solid, molten or aqueous state.

Question 9

a. State the type of bond is formed when the combining atoms have:

 i. zero E.N. difference 

 ii. small E.N. difference     

 iii. large E.N. difference

b. State the type of bond formed, and draw Lewis structure of 

  i. water     

 ii. calcium oxide

Solution 9

a.  

 i. Covalent bond

 ii. Polar covalent bond

 iii. Ionic bond

 

b. 

    i. water: Polar covalent bonding takes place in water.

      Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

    ii. calcium oxide: Electrovalent bonding takes place in calcium oxide.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

Question 10

Explain the following:

a. Electrovalent compounds conduct electricity.

b. Electrovalent compounds have a high melting point and boiling point, while covalent compounds have low melting and boiling points.

c. Electrovalent compounds dissolve in water, whereas covalent compounds do not.

d. Electrovalent compounds are usually hard crystals yet brittle.

e. Polar covalent compounds conduct electricity.

Solution 10

a. Electrovalent compounds are good conductors of electricity in the fused or aqueous state because electrostatic forces of attraction between ions in the solid state are very strong and these forces weaken in the fused state or in the solution state. Hence, ions become mobile.

b. Electrovalent compounds have a strong force of attraction between the oppositely charged ions, so a large amount of energy is required to break the strong bonding force between ions. So, they have high boiling and melting points.

 Covalent compounds have weak forces of attraction between the binding molecules, thus less energy is required to break the force of binding. So, they have low boiling and melting points.

c. As water is a polar compound, it decreases the electrostatic forces of attraction, resulting in free ions in the aqueous solution. Hence, electrovalent compounds dissolve.

 Covalent compounds do not dissolve in water but dissolve in organic solvents. Organic solvents are non-polar; hence, these dissolve in non-polar covalent compounds.

d. Electrovalent compounds are usually hard crystals yet brittle because they have strong electrostatic forces of attraction between their ions which cannot be separated easily.

e. Polar covalent compounds conduct electricity because they form ions in their solutions.

Question 11

Elements X, Y and Z have atomic numbers 6, 9 and 12, respectively. Which one 

a. forms an anion

b. forms a cation

c. State the type of bond between Y and Z and give its molecular formula.

Solution 11

a.  

 i. Y = 9

 ii. Z = 12

b. Ionic bond with molecular formula ZY2.

Question 12

Taking MgCl2 as an electrovalent compound and CCl4 as a covalent compound, give four differences between electrovalent and covalent compounds.

Solution 12

MgCl2 - Electrovalent compound

CCl4 - Covalent compound

They are hard crystalline solids consisting of ions.

These are gases or liquids or soft solids.

They have high melting and boiling points.

They have low melting and boiling points.

They conduct electricity in the fused or aqueous state.

They do not conduct electricity in the solid, molten or aqueous state.

These are soluble in inorganic solvents but insoluble in organic solvents.

These are insoluble in water but dissolve in organic solvents.

 

Question 13

Potassium chloride is an electrovalent compound, while hydrogen chloride is a covalent compound. But both conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions. Explain.

Solution 13

Potassium chloride is an electrovalent compound and conducts electricity in the molten or aqueous state because the electrostatic forces of attraction weaken in the fused state or in aqueous solution.

Polar covalent compounds like hydrogen chloride ionise in their solutions and can act as an electrolyte. So, both can conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions.

Question 14

a. Name two compounds that are covalent when pure but produce ions when dissolved in water.

b. For each compound mentioned above, give the formulae of ions formed in the aqueous solution.

Solution 14

a. HCl and NH3

b.  

HCl + H2O H3O+ + Cl-

 NH3 + H2O →NH4+ + OH-

Question 15

An element M burns in oxygen to form an ionic bond MO. Write the formula of the compounds formed if this element is made to combine with chlorine and sulphur separately.

Solution 15

Formula of compound when combined with sulphur - MSFormula of compound when combined with chlorine - MCl2

Question 16

Element A has 2 electrons in its M shell. Element B has atomic number 7.

(a) Write equations to show how A and B form ions.

(b) If B is a diatomic gas, write the equation for the direct combination of A and B to form a compound.

(c) If the compound formed between A and B is melted and an electric current is passed through the molten compound, then element A will be obtained at the _________ and B at the ________ of the electrolytic cell. 

Solution 16

(a)  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

 

(b)  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Chemical Bonding

 

(c) If the compound formed between A and B is melted and an electric current is passed through the molten compound, then element A will be obtained at the cathode and B at the anode of the electrolytic cell.

 

 

Chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Ex. 3(A)

Question 1

What do you understand by an alkali? Give two examples of :

(a) Strong alkalis

(b) Weak alkalis

Solution 1

An alkali is a basic hydroxide which when dissolved in water produces hydroxyl ions (OH-) as the only negatively charged ions.

(a) Strong alkalis: Sodium hydroxide , Potassium hydroxide

(b) Weak alkalis: Calcium hydroxide , Ammonium hydroxide

Question 2

What is the difference between :

(a) An alkali and a base

(b) The chemical nature of an aqueous solution of HCl and an aqueous solution of NH3

Solution 2

(a) An alkali and a base:

1. Alkalis are soluble in water whereas bases may be or may not be soluble in water.

2. All alkalis are bases but all bases are not alkalis.

(b) The chemical nature of an aqueous solution of HCl and an aqueous solution of NH3

1. The aqueous solution of HCl is acidic in nature. It can turn blue litmus to red.

2. The aqueous solution of NHis basic in nature. It can turn red litmus to blue.

Question 3

Name the ions furnished by

a. bases in solution

b. an acid

Solution 3

a. Hydroxyl ion (OH-)

 

b. H+

Question 4

Give one example in each case:

(a) A basic oxide which is soluble in water,

(b) A hydroxide which is highly soluble in water,

(c) A basic oxide which is insoluble in water,

(d) A hydroxide which is insoluble in water,

(e) A weak mineral acid,

(f) A base which is not an alkali,

(g) An oxide which is a base,

(h) A hydrogen containing compound which is not an acid,

(i) A base which does not contain a metal ion.

Solution 4

(a) Barium oxide ,Na20

(b) Sodium hydroxide,NH4oH

(c) Manganese oxide ,cuo

(d) Cupper hydroxide,Al(oH)3

(e) Carbonic acid

(f) Ferric hydroxide

(g) Copper oxide

(h) Ammonia

(i) Ammonium hydroxide

Question 5

You have been provided with three test tubes. One of them contains distilled water and the other two have an acidic solution and a basic solution respectively. If you are given red litmus paper, how will you identify the contents of each test tube?

Solution 5

The test tube containing distilled water does not affect the red litmus paper.

The test tube containing acidic solution does not change the red litmus paper.

But the test tube containing basic solution turns red litmus paper blue.

Question 6

HCl, HNO3, C2H5OH, C6H12O6 all contain H atoms but only HCl and HNO3 show acidic character. Why?

Solution 6

It is because HCl and HNO3 ionize in aqueous solution whereas ethanol and glucose do not ionize in aqueous solution.

Question 7

a. Dry HCl gas does not change the colour of dry litmus paper. Why?

b. ls PbO2 a base or not? Comment.

c. Do basic solutions also have H+(aq)? Explain why they are basic by taking an example ?

Solution 7

a. Dry HCl gas does not contain any hydrogen ions in it, so it does not show acidic behaviour. Hence, dry HCl gas does not change the colour of dry litmus paper.

b. Lead oxide is a metallic oxide which reacts with hydrochloric acid to produce lead chloride and water, but it is excluded from the class of bases, because chlorine is also produced.

 PbO2 + 4HCl PbCl2 + Cl2 + 2H2O

 Thus, lead oxide is not a base.

c. Yes, basic solutions have H+ ions, but the concentration of OH- ions is more than the H+ ions which makes the solution basic in nature.

Question 8

How would you obtain:

(a) A base from other base

(b) An alkali from a base

(c) Salt from another salt?

Solution 8

(a) We can obtain a base from another base by double decomposition. The aqueous solution of salts with base precipitates the respective metallic hydroxide.   

FeCl3 +3NaOH  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsFe(OH)3 +3NaCl

                                                                                                            

 

(b) An alkali from a base

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 

(c) Salt from another salt

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 9

Write balanced equations to satisfy each statement.

(a) Acid + Active metal Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsSalt + Hydrogen

(b) Acid + base Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsSalt + Water

(c) Acid + Carbonate orbicarbonate Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsSalt + Water + carbon dioxide

(d) Acid + sulphite or bisulphite Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Saltssalt + water + sulphur dioxide

(e) Acid + Sulphide Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsSalt + hydrogen sulphide

Solution 9

(a) Mg +2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsMgCl2 + H2

(b) HCl + NaOH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsNaCl + H2O

(c) CaCO3 +2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsCaCl2 +H2O + CO2

(d) CaSO3 + 2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsCaCl2 + H2O+ SO2

(e) ZnS + 2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsZnCl2 + H2S

Question 10

The skin has and needs natural oils. Why is it advisable to wear gloves while working with strong alkalis?

Solution 10

As we know that alkalis react with oil to form soap. As our skin contains oil so when we touch strong alkalis, a reaction takes place and soapy solution is formed. Hence we should wear gloves.

Question 11

Complete the table:

 

Indicator

Neutral

Acidic

Alkaline

Litmus

Phenolphthalein

Purple

Colourless

 

 

Solution 11

Indicator

Neutral

Acidic

Alkaline

Litmus

Phenolphthalein

Purple

Colourless

Blue to red

Colourless

Red to blue

Pink

Question 12

What do you understand by pH value? Two solutions X and Y have pH values of 4 and 10, respectively. Which one of these two will give a pink colour with phenolphthalein indicator?

Solution 12

pH represents the strength of acids and alkalis expressed in terms of hydrogen ion concentration.

The solution with pH value 10 will give pink colour with phenolphthalein indicator.

Question 13

You are supplied with five solutions : A , B , C , D and E with pH values as follows:

A =1.8 , B=7 , C=8.5 , D=13 and E=5

Classify these solutions as neutral, slightly or strongly acidic and slightly or strongly alkaline.

Which solution would be most likely to liberate hydrogen with:

(a) Magnesium powder

(b) Powered zinc metal. Give a word equation for each reaction.

Solution 13

A = Strongly acidic

B= neutral

C=Weakly alkaline

D= Strongly alkaline

E= Weakly acidic

(a) Solution A (acidic solution) + Mg Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsH2 + Mg salt

(b) SolutionA (acidic solution) + Zn Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsH2 + Zn salt

Question 14

Distinguish between :

(a) A common acid-base indicator and a universal indicator

(b) The acidity of bases and basicity of acids

(c) Acid and alkali (other than indicators)

Solution 14

(a) A common acid-base indicator and a universal indicator:

An acid-base indicator like litmus tells us only whether a given substance is an acid or a base. The universal indicator gives an idea as to how acidic or basic a substance is universal indicator gives different colours with solutions of different pH values.

 

(b) The acidity of bases and basicity of acids

The acidity of bases: The number of hydroxyl ions which can be produced per molecule of the base in aqueous solution.

Basicity of acid: The basicity of an acid is defined as the number of hydronium ions that can be produced by the ionization of one molecule of that acid in aqueous solution.

 

(c) Acid and alkali:

An acid is that substance which gives H+ ions when dissolved in water. 

An alkali is that substance which gives OH- ions when dissolved in water.

Question 15

What should be added to

(a) Increase the pH value

(b) Decrease the pH value of a neutral solution?

Solution 15

(a) Alkali

(b) Acid

Question 16

How does tooth enamel get damaged? What should be done to prevent it?

Solution 16

Substances like chocolates and sweets are degraded by bacteria present in our mouth. When the pH falls to 5.5 tooth decay starts. Tooth enamel is the hardest substance in our body and it gets corroded. The saliva produced by salivary glands is slightly alkaline, it helps to increase the pH, to some extent, but toothpaste which contains basic substance is used to neutralize excess acid in the mouth.

Question 17

When you use universal indicator, you see that solutions of different acids produce different colours. Indeed, solution of the same acid with different concentrations will also give different colours. Why?

Solution 17

A universal indicator is a mixture of dyes which identify a gradual change of various colours over a wide range of pH, depending on the strength of the acid. When we use a universal indicator, we see solutions of different acids produce different colours. Indeed, solutions of the same acid with different concentration give different colours.

The more acidic solutions turn universal indicator bright red. A less acidic solution will only turn it orange-yellow. Colour differences can also be observed in case of vinegar which is less acidic and battery acid which is more acidic.

Question 18

a. A solution has a pH of 7. Explain how you would 

 i. increase its pH

 ii. decrease its pH

b. If a solution changes the colour of litmus from red to blue, what can you say about its pH?

c. What can you say about the pH of a solution that liberates carbon dioxide from sodium carbonate?

Solution 18

a.  

i. The pH can be increased by adding a basic solution.

ii. The pH can be increased by adding an acidic solution.

b. The solution is basic in nature and the pH value will be more than 7.

c. Less than 7

Question 19

Solution P has a pH of 13, solution Q has a pH of 6 and solution R has a pH of 2.

Which solution

a.  will liberate ammonia from ammonium sulphate on heating?

b.  is a strong acid?

c.  contains molecules as well as ions?

Solution 19

a. Solution P

b. Solution R

c. Solution Q

Chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Ex. 3(B)

Question 1

Define the following and give two examples in each case:

 (a) a normal salt, (b) an acid salt, (c) a mixed salt.

Solution 1

(a) A normal salt: Normal salts are the salts formed by the complete replacement of the ionizable hydrogen atoms of an acid by a metallic or an ammonium ion.

(b) An acidic salt: Acid salts are formed by the partial replacement of the ionizable hydrogen atoms of a polybasic acid by a metal or an ammonium ion.

(c) A mixed salt: Mixed salts are those salts that contain more than one basic or acid radical.

Examples:

(a) A Normal salt: Na2SO4 , NaCl

(b) An acid salt: NaHSO4 , Na2HPO4

(c) A mixed salt: NaKCO3 , CaOCl2

Question 2

Answer the following questions related to salts and their preparations:

(a) What is a salt?

(b) What kind of salt is prepared by precipitation?

(c) Name a salt prepared by the direct combination. Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in preparing the salt you have named.

(d) Name the procedure used to prepare a sodium salt such as sodium sulphate.

Solution 2

(a) Salt is a compound formed by the partial or total replacement of the ionizable hydrogen atoms of an acid by a metallic ion or an ammonium ion.

(b) An insoluble salt can be prepared by precipitation.

(c) A salt prepared by direct combination is Iron(III) chloride.

     Reaction:

     2Fe +3Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts2FeCl3

(d) By neutralizing sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide with dilute sulphuric acid:

     Na2CO3 + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + H2O + CO2

     2 NaOH + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + 2H2O

 Q3 do yourself

 

 

Question 4

Describe giving all practical details , how would you prepare :

(a) Copper sulphate crystals from mixture of charcoal and black copper oxide,

(b) Zinc sulphate crystals from Zinc dust (powered Zinc and Zinc oxide)

(c) sodium hydrogen carbonate crystals

(d) Calcium sulphate from calcium carbonate

Solution 4

(a) Copper sulphate crystals from a mixture of charcoal and black copper oxide:

The carbon in the charcoal reduces the black copper oxide to reddish-brown copper. The lid must not be removed until the crucible is cool or the hot copper will be re-oxidized by air.

Take dilute sulphuric acid in a beaker and heat it on wire gauze. Add cupric oxide in small quantities at a time, with stirring till no more of it dissolves and the excess compound settles to the bottom.

Filter it hot and collect the filtrate in a china dish. Evaporate the filtrate by heating to the point of crystallization and then allow it to cool and collect the crystals of copper sulphate pentahydrate.

Reaction: CuO + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsCuSO4 + H2O

CuSO4 + 5H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsCuSO4. 5H2O

(b) Zinc sulphate crystals from Zinc dust:

Take dilute sulphuric acid in a beaker and heat it on wire gauze. Add some granulated zinc pieces with constant stirring. Add till the Zinc settles at the base of the beaker. Effervescences take place because of the liberation of hydrogen gas. When effervescence stops, it indicates that all the acid has been used up. The excess of zinc is filtered off. Collect the solution in a china dish and evaporate the solution to get crystals. Filter, wash them with water and dry them between the folds of paper. The white needle crystals are of hydrated Zinc sulphate.

Reaction:Zn + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsZnSO4 + H2

ZnSO4 +7 H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts ZnSO4. 7 H2O

(c) Lead sulphate from metallic lead:

Metallic lead is converted to lead oxide by oxidation. Then lead sulphate is prepared from insoluble lead oxide, by first converting it into soluble lead nitrate. Then the lead nitrate solution is treated with sulphuric acid to obtain white ppt. of Lead sulphate.

Reaction:

PbO +2HNO3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsPb(NO3)2 + H2O

Pb(NO3)2 + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsPbSO4 + 2HNO3

(d)Sodium hydrogen carbonate crystals:

Dissolve 5 grams of anhydrous sodium carbonate in about 25 ml of distilled water in a flask. Cool the solution by keeping the flask in a freezing mixture. Pass carbon dioxide gas in the solution. Crystals of sodium bicarbonate will precipitate out after some time. Filter the crystals and dry it in folds of filter paper.

Reaction: Na2CO3 + CO2 + H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts2NaHCO3

Question 5

The following is the list of methods for the preparation of salts.

A-Direct combination of two elements.

B-reaction of dilute acid with a metal.

C-reaction of dilute acid with an insoluble base.

D-Titration of dilute acid with a solution of soluble base.

E- reaction of two solutions of salts to form a precipitate.

Choose from the above list A to E , the best method of preparing the following salts by giving a suitable equation in each case:

1. Anhydrous ferric chloride,

2. Lead chloride,

3. Sodium sulphate,

4. Copper sulphate.

Solution 5

1. Anhydrous ferric chloride: -A (Direct combination of two elements)

2Fe + 3Cl2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts 2FeCl3

2.Lead chloride: -E (Reaction of two solutions of salts to form a precipitate)

Pb(NO3)2 +2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsPbCl2 +2HNO3

3.Sodium sulphate: - D( Titration of dilute acid with a solution of soluble base)

2NaOH + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsNa2SO4 +2H2O

4. Copper sulphate:- C (reaction of dilute acid with an insoluble base)

Cu(OH)2 +H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsCuSO4 + 2H2O

Question 6

Name:

(a) A chloride which is insoluble in cold water but dissolves in hot water,

(b) A chloride which is insoluble,

(c) Two sulphates which are insoluble,

(d) A basic salt,

(e) An acidic salt,

(f) A mixed salt,

(g) A complex salt,

(h) A double salt,

(i) a salts whose solubility increases with temperature,

(j) A salt whose solubility decreases with temperature.

Solution 6

(a) Lead chloride

(b) Silver chloride

(c) Barium sulphate and lead sulphate

(d) Basic lead chloride

(e) Sodium hydrogen sulphate

(f) Sodium potassium carbonate

(g) Sodium argentocyanide

(h) Potash alum

(i) Potassium bromide and potassium chloride

(j) Calcium sulphate

Question 7

Fill in the blanks with suitable words:

An acid is a compound which when dissolved in water forms hydronium ions as the only …………… ions. A base is a compound which is soluble in water and contains …………….. ions. A base reacts with an acid to form a …………….. and water only. This type of reaction is known as …………….

Solution 7

An acid is a compound which when dissolved in water forms hydronium ions as the only positively charged ions. A base is a compound which is soluble in water and contains hydroxide ions. A base reacts with an acid to form a salt and water only. This type of reaction is known as neutralisation.

Question 8

What would you observe when:

(a) Blue litmus is introduced into a solution of hydrogen choride gas.

(b) Red litmus paper is introduced into a solution of ammonia in water

(c) Red litmus paper is introduced in Caustic soda solution?

Solution 8

(a) Blue litmus will turn into red which will indicate the solution to be acidic.

(b) No change will be observed.

(c) Red litmus will turn into blue will indicate the solution to be basic.

Question 9

Explain why:

(a) It is necessary to find out the ratio of reactants required in the preparation of sodium sulphate.

(b) Fused calcium chloride is used in the preparation of FeCl3.

(c) Anhydrous FeCl3 cannot be prepared by heating hydrated iron (III) chloride.

Solution 9

(a) Since sodium hydroxide and sulphuric acid are both soluble, an excess of either of them cannot be removed by filtration. Therefore it is necessary to find out on small scale, the ratio of solutions of the two reactants.

(b) As iron chloride is highly deliquescent, so it is kept dry with the help of fused calcium chloride.

(c) On heating the hydrate, HCl acid is released and basic salt (FeOCl) or ferric oxide remains. Hence, anhydrous ferric chloride cannot be prepared by heating the hydrate.

Question 10

Give the preparation of the salt shown in the left column by matching with the methods given in the right column. Write a balanced equation for each preparation.

SaltMethod of preparation

Zinc SulphatePrecipitation

Ferrous sulphideOxidation

Barium SulphateDisplacement

Ferric sulphateNeutralisation

Sodium sulphateSynthesis

Solution 10

Zinc Sulphate - Displacement

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Ferrous sulphide - synthesis

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Barium sulphate - Precipitation

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Ferric Sulphate- Oxidation

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Sodium sulphate - Neutralisation

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 11

(a) Give the pH value of pure water. Does it change if common salt is added to it?

(b) Classify the following solutions as acids, bases or salts. Ammonium hydroxide, barium chloride, sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide, H2SO4 and HNO3

Solution 11

(a) pH of pure water is 7 at 25oC. No, the pH does not change when common salt is added.

(b) Acids: H2SO4 and HNO3

Bases: Ammonium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide.

Salts: Barium chloride and sodium chloride.

Question 12

Define the term neutralization.

(a) Give a reaction, mentioning clearly acid and base used in the reaction.

(b) If one mole of a strong acid reacts with one mole of a strong base, the heat produced is always same. Why?

Solution 12

Neutralization is the process by which H+ ions of an acid react completely with the [OH]- ions of a base to give salt and water only.

(a) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(b) Neutralization is simply a reaction between H+ ions given by strong acid and OH- ions given by strong base. In case of all strong acids and strong bases, the number of H+ and OH- ions produced by one mole of a strong acid or strong base is always same. Hence the heat of neutralization of a strong acid with strong base is always same.

Question 13

Write the balanced equation for the preparation of the following salts in the laboratory:

(a) A soluble sulphate by the action of an acid on an insoluble base,

(b) An insoluble salt by the action of an acid on another salt,

(c) An insoluble base by the action of a soluble base on a soluble salt

(d) A soluble sulphate by the action of an acid on a metal.

Solution 13

(a) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(b) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(c) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(d) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 14

You are provided with the following chemicals:

NaOH,Na2CO3,H2O,Zn(OH)2,CO2,HCl,Fe,H2SO4,Cl2,Zn

Using suitable chemicals from the given list only, state briefly how you would prepare:

(a) Iron(III) chloride,

(b) Sodium sulphate,

(c) Sodium zincate,

(d) Iron(II) sulphate,

(e) Sodium chloride.

Solution 14

(a) Iron (III) Chloride: Iron chloride is formed by direct combination of elements.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(b) Sodium sulphate: By neutralization of caustic soda with dilute sulphuric acid

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(c) Sodium zincate: By the action of metals with alkalis

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(d) Iron (II) sulphate: Iron sulphate is prepared by the action of dilute acid on an active metal.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(e) Sodium chloride: By the neutralization reaction of strong acid with strong base

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 15

For each of the salt: A, B, C and D, suggest a suitable method of its preparation.

a. A is a sodium salt.

b. B is an insoluble salt.

c. C is a soluble salt of copper.

d. D is a soluble salt of zinc.

Solution 15

a. By neutralisation:

NaOH + HCl NaCl + H2O

b. By precipitation:

Pb(NO3)2 + 2NaCl PbCl2 + 2NaNO3

c. CuCO3 + H2SO4 CuSO4 + H2O + CO2

d. Simple displacement:

Zn + H2SO4 ZnSO4 + H2

Question 16

Choosing only substances from the list given in the box below, write equations for the reactions which you would use in the laboratory to obtain:

a. Sodium sulphate

b. Copper sulphate

c. Iron(II) sulphate

d. Zinc carbonate

Dilute sulphuric acid

Copper

Copper carbonate

 

Iron

Sodium carbonate

 

Sodium

 

 

Zinc

 

 

 

Solution 16

a. Na2CO3 + H2SO4 (dil) Na2SO4 + H2O + CO2

b. CuCO3 + H2SO4 (dil) CuSO4 + H2O + CO2

c. Fe + H2SO4 (dil) FeSO4 + H2

d. Zn + H2SO4 (dil) → ZnSO4 + H2

ZnSO4 + Na2CO3 → ZnCO3 + Na2SO4

Question 17

From the formula listed below, choose one, in each case, corresponding to the salt having the given description: AgCl, CuCO3, CuSO4.5H2O, KNO3, NaCl, NaHSO4, Pb(NO3)2, ZnCO3, ZnSO4.7H2O.

a. an acid salt

b. an insoluble chloride

c. on treating with concentrated sulphuric acid, this salt changes from blue to white

d. on heating, this salt changes from green to black

e. this salt gives nitrogen dioxide on heating

Solution 17

a. NaHSO4

b. AgCl

c. CuSO4.5H2O

d. CuCO3

e. Pb(NO3)2

Question 18

a. Ca(H2PO4)2 is an example of a compound called _______ (acid salt/basic salt/normal salt).

b. Write the balanced equation for the reaction of: A named acid and a named alkali.

Solution 18

a. acid salt

b. NaOH + HCl → NaCl + H2O

Question 19

State the terms defined by the following sentences:

a. A soluble base.

b. The insoluble solid formed when two solutions are mixed together.

c. An acidic solution in which there is only partial ionisation of the solute molecules.

Solution 19

a. Alkali

b. Precipitate

c. Weak acid

Question 20

Which of the following methods, A, B, C, D or E is generally used for preparing the chlorides listed below from (i) to (v). Answer by writing down the chloride and the letter pertaining to the corresponding method. Each letter is to be used only once.

A Action of an acid on a metal

B Action of an acid on an oxide or carbonate

C Direct combination

D Neutralisation of an alkali by an acid

E Precipitation (double decomposition)

i. Copper (II) chloride

ii. Iron (II) chloride

iii. Iron (III) chloride

iv. Lead (II) chloride

v. Sodium chloride

Solution 20

i. Copper (II) chloride - B

ii. Iron (II) chloride - A

iii. Iron (III) chloride - C

iv. Lead (II) chloride - E

v. Sodium chloride - D

Question 22

Complete the following table:

Reactants

Products

Method

Soluble base + Acid (dil)

Salt + water

Neutralisation Titration

Metal + Non-metal

Salt (soluble/insoluble)

……………

Insoluble base +

Salt (soluble) + water

…………….

Active metal + Acid (dil)

………… + …………

…………….

Soluble salt solution (A) +

Precipitated salt +

…………….

Soluble salt solution (B)

Soluble salt

…………….

Carbonate/ bicarbonate + Acid (dil)

Salt + ………. + …………

Decomposition of carbonate

Chlorides/nitrates + Acid (conc)

…………. + …………

Decomposition of chlorides and nitrates

 

 

Solution 22

 

Reactants

Products

Method

Soluble base + Acid (dil)

Salt + water

Neutralisation Titration

Metal + Non-metal

Salt (soluble/insoluble)

Direct Combination

Insoluble base +

Salt (soluble) + water

…………….

Active metal + Acid (dil)

Salt + Hydrogen

Displacement

Soluble salt solution (A) + Soluble salt solution (B)

Precipitated salt + Soluble salt

Precipitation

Carbonate /bicarbonate + Acid (dil)

Salt + Water+ Carbon dioxide

Decomposition of carbonate

Chlorides/nitrates + Acid (conc)

Acid salt + HCl/HNO3

Decomposition of chlorides and nitrates

 

 

Chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Ex. 3(C)

Question

Salts are prepared by the following methods:

(a) Direct combination

(b) Displacement

(c) Double decomposition (precipitation)

(d) Neutralisation of insoluble base

(e) Neutralisation of an alkali (titration)

Solution

(a) Direct combination: Iron(III) chloride

(b) Displacement: ZnSO4

(c) Double decomposition (precipitation): BaSO4

(d) Neutralisation of insoluble base: MgCl2

(e) Neutralisation of an alkali (titration): NaCl

Question

M is an element in the form of a powder. M burns in oxygen and the product obtained is soluble in water. The solution is tested with litmus. Write down only the word which will correctly complete each of the following sentences.

i. If M is a metal, then the litmus will turn _____.

ii. If M is a non-metal, then the litmus will turn _____.

iii. If M is a reactive metal, then _____ will be evolved when M reacts with dilute sulphuric acid.

iv. If M is a metal, it will form _____ oxide, which will form ______ solution with water.

v. If M is a non-metal, it will not conduct electricity in the form of ______.

Solution

i. blue

ii. red

iii. hydrogen gas

iv. basic, alkaline

v. graphite

Question 1

What do you understand by water of crystallisation?

Give four substances which contain water of crystallisation and write their common names.

Solution 3

It is the amount of water molecules which enter into loose chemical combination with one molecule of the substance on crystallisation from its aqueous solution.

Common name

Chemical name

Formula

Washing soda

Sodium carbonate decahydrate

Na2CO3.10H2O

Epsom salt

Magnesium sulphate heptahydrate

MgSO4. 7H2O

Potash alum

Hydrated potassium aluminium sulphate

K2SO4.Al(SO4)3.24H2O

Gypsum

Hydrated calcium sulphate

CaSO4.2H2O

 

Question 2

a. Define efflorescence. Give examples.

b. Define deliquescence. Give examples.

Solution 2

a. Crystalline hydrated salts which on exposure to the atmosphere lose their water of crystallisation partly or completely and change into a powder. This phenomenon is called efflorescent and the salts are called efflorescent.

Examples: CuSO4.5H2O, MgSO4.7H2O, Na2CO3.10H2O

b. Water-soluble salts which on exposure to the atmosphere absorb moisture from the atmosphere and dissolve in the same and change into a solution. The phenomenon is called deliquescence and the salts are called deliquescent.

Examples: CaCl2, MgCl2, ZnCl2

Question 7

Distinguish between drying and dehydrating agent.

Solution 7

 

Drying agents

Dehydrating agents

They remove moisture from other substances.

They remove chemically combined elements of water in the ratio of 2:1 (hydrogen:oxygen) from a compound.

They are used to dry gases like chlorine, sulphur dioxide and hydrogen chloride. They are also used in dessicators to keep substances dry.

They prepare substances such as carbon monoxide and sugar charcoal.

They represent a physical change.

They represent a chemical change.

 

Question 6

Explain clearly how conc. H2SO4 is used as a dehydrating as well as a drying agent.

Solution 6

Conc. sulphuric acid is hygroscopic in nature and can remove moisture from other substances; therefore, it is used as a drying agent.

It is also used as a dehydrating agent because it has a strong affinity for water and thus absorbs water quickly from compounds.

Question 5

Give reasons for the following:

a. Sodium hydrogen sulphate is not an acid, but it dissolves in water to give hydrogen ions according to the equation

 NaHSO4 H+ + Na+ + SO42-

b. Anhydrous calcium chloride is used in a desiccator.

Solution 5

a. Sodium hydrogen sulphate [NaHSO4] is an acid salt and is formed by the partial replacement of the replaceable hydrogen ion in a dibasic acid [H2SO4]. The [H] atom in NaHSO4 makes it behave like an acid.

 So, on dissolving in water, it gives hydrogen ions.

b. Desiccating agents are used to absorb moisture. Anhydrous calcium chloride (CaCl2) has the capacity of absorbing moisture as it is hygroscopic in nature. So, it is used in a desiccator.

Question 8

State whether a sample of each of the following would increase or decrease in mass if exposed to air.

a. Solid NaOH

b. Solid CaCl2

c. Solid Na2CO3.10H2O

d. Conc. sulphuric acid

e.  Iron (III) chloride

Solution 8

a. Increase

b. Increase

c. Decrease

d. Increase

e. Increase

Question 9

a. Why does common salt get wet during the rainy season?

b. How can this impurity be removed?

c. Name a substance which changes the blue colour of copper sulphate crystals to white.

d. Name two crystalline substances which do not contain water of crystallisation.

Solution 9

a. Table salt turns moist and ultimately forms a solution on exposure to air especially during the rainy season. Although pure sodium chloride is not deliquescent, the commercial version of the salt contains impurities (such as magnesium chloride) which are deliquescent substances.

b. The impurity can be removed by passing a current of dry hydrogen chloride gas through a saturated solution of the affected salt. Pure sodium chloride is produced as a precipitate which can be recovered by filtering and washing first with a little water and finally with alcohol.

c. Conc. sulphuric acid

d. Common salt and sugar

Question 10

Name the salt which on hydrolysis forms

(a) Acidic

(b) Basic acid

(c) Neutral solution. Give a balanced equation for each reaction.

Solution 10

(a) Iron chloride(FeCl3)

      FeCl3 + 3H2O → 3HCl + Fe(OH)3

(b) Ammonium acetate (CH3COONH4)

      CH3COONH+H2O → CH3COOH + NH4OH

(c) Sodium chloride

       NaCl(s) + H2O → Na+(aq)  OH-(aq) + H2O

Question 11

State the change noticed when blue litmus and red litmus are introduced in the following solutions:

(a) Na2CO3 solution

(b) NaCl solution

(c) NH4NO3

(d) MgCl2 Solution

Solution 11

(a) Na2CO3 solution: This solution is alkaline in nature; hence, red litmus changes to blue.

(b) NaCl solution: There is no change in the colour of the litmus paper because this solution is neutral.

(c) NH4NO3: This solution is alkaline in nature; hence, red litmus changes to blue.

(d) MgCl2: It is slightly acidic and neutral; hence, there is no change in the litmus paper. 

Question 3

Answer the questions below relating your answers only to salts in the following list: Sodium chloride, anhydrous calcium chloride, copper sulphate-5-water?

a. What name is given to the water in the compound copper sulphate-5-water?

b. If copper sulphate-5-water is heated, anhydrous copper sulphate is formed. What is its colour?

c. By what means, other than healing, could you dehydrate copper sulphate-5-water and obtain anhydrous copper sulphate?

d. Which one of the salts in the given list is deliquescent?

Solution 3

a. Water of crystallization

b. White

c. By heating with any dehydrating agent

d. Anhydrous calcium chloride

Question 4

State your observation when

(a) Washing soda crystals

(b) Iron (III) chloride salts are exposed to the atmosphere.

Solution 4

(a) When washing soda (Na2CO3.10H2O) is exposed to air, it loses 9 molecules of water to form a monohydrate.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(b) It absorbs moisture from the atmosphere and becomes moist and ultimately dissolves in the absorbed water, forming a saturated solution.

Chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Intext 1

Question 1

(a) What do you understand by the term, acid?

(b) Name the positive ion formed when an acid is dissolved in water.

(c) Draw the structure of this ion.

Solution 1

(a) Acids are defined as compounds which contain one or more hydrogen atoms, and when dissolved in water, they produce hydronium ions (H3O+), the only positively charged ions.

(b) Hydronium ion

(c) H3O+

Question 2

Write the ionisation reaction of sulphuric acid showing the formation of hydronium ion.

Solution 2

H2SO4 + H2O H3O+ + HSO4

HSO4- + H2O H3O+ + SO4-2

Question 3

Water is never added to acid in order to dilute it. Why?

Solution 3

If water is added to a concentrated acid, the heat generated causes the mixture to splash out and cause severe burns. Thus, water is never added to acid in order to dilute it.

Question 4

Define the term 'basicity' of an acid. Give the basicity of: nitric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid?

Solution 4

Basicity: The basicity of an acid is defined as the number of hydronium ions (H3O+) that can be produced by the ionization of one molecule of that acid in aqueous solution.

The basicity of following compounds are:

Nitric acid:Basicity= 1

Sulphuric acid: Basicity=2

Phosphoric acid: Basicity=3

Question 5

Give two examples of each of the following:

(a) Oxy-acid

(b) Hydracid

(c) Tribasic acid

(d) Dibasic acid

Solution 5

(a) Oxyacids: - HNO3, H2SO4

(b) Hydracid:- HCl, HBr

(c) Tribasic acid:- H3PO4, H3PO3

(d) Dibasic acid: - H2SO4 , H2CO3

Question 6

Name the

(a) acidic anhydride of the following acids:

(i) Sulphurous acid

(ii) Nitric acid

(iii) Phosphoric acid

(iv) Carbonic acid

(b) Acids present in vinegar, grapes and lemon?

Solution 6

(a) The anhydride of following acids are:

(i) Sulphurous acid: SO2

(ii) Nitric acid: N2O5

(iii) Phosphoric acid: P2O5

(iv) Carbonic acid: CO2

(b) Acids present in following are:

Vinegar: Acetic acid

Grapes: Tartaric acid and Malic acid

Lemon: Citric acid

Question 7

What do you understand by the statement 'acetic acid is a monobasic' acid?

Solution 7

Acetic acid is a monobasic acid which on ionization in water produce one hydronium ion per molecule of the acid.

Question 8

Give a balanced equation for (i) reaction of nitrogen dioxide with water (ii) Preparation of non-volatile acid from a volatile acid.

Solution 8

(i) 2NO2(g) + H2O(l) HNO2(aq) + HNO3

 

(ii) H2S2O7 + H2O  → 2 H2SO4

Question 9

What do you understand by the strength of acid? On which factors does the strength of an acid depend?

Solution 9

The strength of an acid is the extent to which the acid ionizes or dissociates in water.

The strength of an acid depends on the degree of ionization and concentration of hydronium ions [H3O+] produced by that acid in aqueous solution.

Question 10

Explain the following:

(a)Carbonic acid gives an acid salt but hydrochloric acid does not. Explain.

(b) Dil. HCl acid is stronger than highly concentrated acetic acid. Explain.

(c) H3PO3 is not a tribasic acid.

(d) Lead carbonate does not react with dilute HCl.

(e) Nitrogen dioxide is a double acid anhydride.

Solution 10

(a)Carbonic acid is a dibasic acid with two replaceable hydrogen ions; therefore it forms one acid salt or one normal salt.

Hydrochloric acid is a monobasic acid with one replaceable hydrogen ion and so forms only one normal salt.

(b) Strength of an acid is the measure of concentration of hydronium ions it produces in its aqueous solution. Dil. HCl produces high concentration of hydronium ion compared to that of concentrated acetic acid. Thus, dil. HCl is stronger acid than highly concentrated acetic acid.

(c) H3PO3 is not a tribasic acid because in oxyacids of phosphorus, hydrogen atoms which are attached to oxygen atoms are replaceable. Hydrogen atoms directly bonded to phosphorus atoms are not replaceable.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(d) The salt produced is insoluble in the solution so the reaction does not proceed. Hence, we do not expect lead carbonate to react with hydrochloric acid.

(e) NO2 is called double acid anhydride because two acids – nitrous acid and nitric acid – are formed when it reacts with water.

2NO2 + H2O → HNO2 + HNO3

Question 11

How is an acid prepared from a (a) non-metal (b) salt? Give an equation for each.

Solution 11

 (a) Acids are prepared from non-metals by their oxidation. For example :

Sulphur or phosphorus is oxidized by conc. Nitric acid to form sulphuric acid or phosphoric acid.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(b) Acids are prepared from salt by the displacement reaction. For example :

Nitric acid is prepared by using H2SO4 and sodium chloride.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 12

Give an equation to show how the following are made from their corresponding anhydrides.

(a) Sulphurous acid

(b) Phosphoric acid

(c) Carbonic acid

(d) Sulphuric acid

Solution 12

(a) SO2 +H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsH2SO3

(b) P2O5 +3H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts2H3PO4

(c) CO2 + H2O Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsH2CO3

(d) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 13

Name an acid used:

(a) To flavor and preserve food

(b) In a drink

(c) To remove ink spots

(d) As an eyewash

Solution 13

(a) Citric acid

(b) Carbonic acid

(c) Oxalic acid

(d) Boric acid

Question 14

Give the reaction of acids with

(a) Chlorides

(b) Nitrates

State the conditions under which they react.

Solution 14

(a) Chlorides react with concentrated sulphuric acid on warming to liberate hydrogen chloride.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(b) Nitrates when heated with conc. sulphuric acidproduce more volatile nitric acid.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 Both chlorides and nitrates do not react with dilute acids; they react with concentrated acids.

chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Misc.

Question 1

Write the balanced equations for the preparation of the following compounds (as major product) starting from iron and using only one other substance:

(a) Iron (II) chloride

(b) Iron (III) chloride

(c) Iron (II) sulphate

(d) Iron (II) sulphide

Solution 1

(a) Fe + 2HCl (dil) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsFeCl2 + H2

(bi) 2Fe (heated) + 3Cl2 (dry) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts2FeCl3

(c) Fe + H2SO4 (dil) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsFeSO4 + H2

(d) Fe + S Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsFeS

Question 2

Write a balanced reaction for the following conversions (A, B, C, D)

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts 

Solution 2

A = HCl

B = Na2CO3

C = HNO3

D = NaOH

A: Fe + 2HCl → FeCl2 + H2

B: FeCl2 + Zn→ ZnCl2 + Fe

Fe + H2CO3 → FeCO3 + H2 

C: FeCO3 + 2HNO3 → Fe (NO3)2 + H2O + CO2

D: Fe(NO3)2 + 2NaOH → Fe(OH)2 + 2NaNO3

Question 3

The preparation of Lead sulphate from Lead carbonate is a two-step process. (Lead sulphate cannot be prepared by adding dilute Sulphuric acid to Lead carbonate.)

(a) What is the first step that is required to prepare Lead sulphate from Lead carbonate?

(b) Write the equation for the reaction that will take place when this first step is carried out.

(c) Why is the direct addition of dilute sulphuric acid to Lead carbonate an impractical method of preparing Lead sulphate?

Solution 3

(a) The first step is to convert insoluble lead carbonate into soluble lead nitrate by treating lead carbonate with dilute nitric acid.

(b) PbCO3 (s) + 2HNO3(dil) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And SaltsPb(NO3)2 (aq) + H2O (l) + CO2 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(c) When dilute sulphuric acid is added directly to lead carbonate, the lead sulphate thus formed will be deposited on solid lead carbonate disconnecting lead carbonate from sulphuric acid.

Question 4

(a) What are the terms defined by the following?

(i) A salt containing a metal ion surrounded by other ions or molecules.

(ii) A base which is soluble in water.

(b) Making use only of substances chosen from those given below:

Dilute sulphuric acidSodium Carbonate

ZincSodium sulphite

LeadCalcium carbonate

Give equations for the reactions by which you could obtain :

(i) Hydrogen

(ii) Sulphur dioxide

(iii) Carbon dioxide

(iv) Zinc carbonate (two steps required)

Solution 4

(i) Complex salts

(ii) Alkali

(i) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(ii) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(iii) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

(iv) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 5

a. The acid which contains four hydrogen atoms

 i. Formic

 ii. Sulphuric

 iii. Nitric

 iv. Acetic acid

b. A black-coloured solid which on reaction with dilute sulphuric acid forms a blue-coloured solution is

 i. Carbon

 ii. Manganese [IV] oxide

 iii. Lead [II] oxide

 iv. Copper [II] oxide

c. Solution A is a strong acid, B is a weak acid and C is a strong alkali.

 i. Which solution contains solute molecules in addition to water molecules?

 ii. Which solution will give a gelatinous white precipitate with zinc sulphate solution?

 The precipitate disappears when an excess of the solution is added.

 iii. Give an example of a weak alkali.

d. Write the equations[s] for the reaction[s] to prepare lead sulphate from lead carbonate.

e. Define the following term - Neutralisation.

f. The diagram given below is to prepare iron [III] chloride in the laboratory:

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 i. What is substance B?

 ii. What is the purpose of B?

 iii. Why is iron [III] chloride to be stored in a closed container?

 iv. Write the equation for the reaction between iron and chlorine.

Solution 5

a. (iv) Acetic acid

b. (iv) Copper (II) oxide

c.  

 (i) Solution B 

 (ii) Solution C 

 (iii) Ammonium hydroxide solution

d.  

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

e. A neutralisation reaction is when an acid and a base react to form water and a salt, and involves the combination of H+ ions and OH- ions to generate water.

f.  

 i. B is an anhydrous calcium chloride.

 ii. B absorbs moisture from the receiver.

 iii. Because iron (III) chloride is highly deliquescent and it absorbs moisture from the surrounding air to form a saturated solution.

 iv.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 6

a. Select the correct answer from A, B, C, D and E:

(i) Nitroso iron [II] sulphate

(ii) Iron [III] chloride

(iii) Chromium sulphate

(iv) Lead chloride

(v) Sodium chloride

A. A deliquescent compound

B. A compound soluble in hot water but insoluble in cold water

C. A compound which in the aqueous solution state is neutral in nature.

b. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D:

i. A weak organic acid is

A. Formic acid

B. Sulphuric acid

C. Nitric acid

D. Hydrochloric acid

ii. A complex salt is

A. Zinc sulphate

B. Sodium hydrogen sulphate

C. Iron [ammonium sulphate]

D. Tetrammine copper [II] sulphate

c. Give equations for the following conversions A to E:

   Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

d. For the preparation of the following salts, give a balanced equation in each case.

 i. Copper [II] sulphate from copper [II] oxide

 ii. Iron [III] chloride from the metal iron

 iii. Potassium sulphate from KOH solution

 iv. Lead [II] chloride from lead carbonate [give two equations]

Solution 6

a. A (ii) 

 B (iv)

 C (v)

b. (i) A

 (ii) D

c.  

 i.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 ii.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 iii.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 iv.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

d.  

 i.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 ii.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 iii.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 iv.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 7

a. Write the balanced chemical equation: Lead nitrate solution is added to sodium chloride solution.

b. State what happens to crystals or washing soda when exposed to air. Name the phenomenon exhibited.

c. Name the method used for the preparation of the following salts from the list given below:

 i. Sodium nitrate

 ii. Iron (III) chloride

 iii. Lead chloride

 iv. Zinc sulphate

 v. Sodium hydrogen sulphate list:

A. Simple displacement

B. Neutralisation

C. Decomposition by acid

D. Double decomposition

E. Direct synthesis

Solution 7

a. Pb(NO3)2 + 2NaCl → PbCl2 + 2NaNO3

b. When crystals of washing soda are exposed to air, it loses its water of crystallisation and the phenomenon is known as efflorescence.

c. 

 i. (B) Neutralisation

 ii. (E) Direct synthesis

 iii. (D) Double decomposition

 iv. (A) Simple displacement

 v. (C) Decomposition by acid

Question 8

a. Match the following :

 

Column A

Column B

A. Acid salt

A. Ferrous ammonium   sulphate

B. Double salt

B. Contains only ions

C. Ammonium hydroxide solution

C. Sodium hydrogen sulphate

D. Dilute hydrochloric acid

D. Contains only molecules

E. Carbon tetrachloride molecules

E. Contains ions and molecules

 

 

Solution 8

a. 1→C

 2→A

 3→E

 4→B

 5→D

Question 9

a. Select the word/s given which are required to correctly complete the blanks - [ammonia, ammonium carbonate, carbon dioxide, hydrogen, hydronium, hydroxide, precipitate, salt, water]

 i. A solution M turns blue litmus red, so it must contain (1) …….. ions; another solution turns red litmus blue, and hence, must contain (2) ………. ions.

 ii. When solution M and 0 are mixed together, the products will be (3) …….. and (4) ………….

 iii. If a piece of magnesium was put into a solution M, (5) ………….. gas would be evolved.

b. Give a suitable chemical term for:

 i. A salt formed by incomplete neutralisation of an acid by a base.

 ii. A definite number of water molecules bound to some salts.

 iii. The process in which a substance absorbs moisture from the atmospheric air to become moist, and ultimately dissolves in the absorbed water.

c. Choosing the substances from the list given: dil. sulphuric acid, copper, iron, sodium copper [II] carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium chloride, zinc nitrate.

Write balanced equations for the reactions which would be used in the laboratory to obtain the following salts:

 i. sodium sulphate

 ii. zinc carbonate

 iii. copper [II] sulphate

 iv. iron [II] sulphate

Solution 9

a.  

 i. Hydronium 

 ii. Hydroxide

 iii. Salt

 iv. Water

 v. Hydrogen

b.  

 i. Acidic salt

 ii. Water of crystallisation

 iii. Deliquescence

c. 

Chemical equations:

 i. Sodium sulphate:

 2Na + H2SO4 (dil.) → Na2SO4 + H2 

 ii. Zinc carbonate:

 Zn(NO3)2 + CuCO3→ ZnCO3 + Cu(NO3)2

 iii. Copper (II) sulphate:

 CuCO3 + H2SO4 (dil.) → CuSO4 + H2O + CO2

 iv. Iron (II) sulphate:

 Fe + H2SO4 (dil.) → FeSO4 + H2

Question 10

a. Fill in the blank from the choices given: The basicity of acetic acid is …………… [3, 1, 4].

b. Draw the structure of the stable positive ion formed when an acid dissolves in water.

c. State the inference drawn from the observation:

Salt S is prepared by reacting dilute sulphuric acid

with copper oxide. Identify S.

d. Give balanced chemical equations for the preparation of the following salts:

 i. Lead sulphate - from lead carbonate

 ii. Sodium sulphate - using dilute sulphuric acid

 iii. Copper chloride - using copper carbonate

Solution 10

a. 1

 

b. The stable positive ion formed when an acid dissolves in water is hydronium ion. The structure of hydronium ion (H3O+) is as follows:

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

c. Salt S is prepared by reacting dilute sulphuric acid with copper oxide. Hence, salt S is copper sulphate.

d.  

 

 i. Lead sulphate from lead carbonate

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 ii. Sodium sulphate using dilute sulphuric acid Dilute sulphuric acid neutralises bases (oxides and hydroxides) to form salts and water.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

 iii. Copper chloride using copper carbonate

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 11

(a) From the list of salts 

AgCl, MgCl2,NaHSO4,PbCO3,ZnCO3,KNO3, Ca(NO3)2,

choose the salt that most appropriately fits the description given below:

(i) A deliquescent salt (ii) An insoluble chloride

(b) From Na2O, SO2, SiO2,Al2O3,MgO, CO, select an oxide which dissolves in water forming an acid.

Solution 11

(a)  

A deliquescent salt

An insoluble chloride

MgCl2

AgCl

 

(b) SO2 is an acidic oxide which dissolves in water forming an acid.  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Acids Bases And Salts

Question 12

Match the salts given in Column I with their method of preparation given in Column II :

 

Column I

Column II

(i) Pb(NO3)2 from PbO

(ii) MgCl2 from Mg

(iii) FeCl3 from Fe

(iv) NaNO3 from NaOH

(v) ZnCO3 from ZnSO4

A) Simple displacement

B) Titration

C) Neutralization

D) Precipitation

E) Combination

 

Solution 12

 

Column I

Column II

Pb(NO3)2 from PbO

Precipitation

MgCl2 from Mg

Simple displacement

FeCl3 from Fe

Combination

NaNO3 from NaOH

Neutralisation

ZnCO3 from ZnSO4

Titration

 

Chapter 8 - Study of Compounds A. Hydrogen Chloride Exercise Ex. 8

Question 1

 

a. Name the acid used. Why is this particular acid preferred to other acids?

b. Give the balanced equation for the reaction.

c. Name the drying agent used in drying hydrogen chloride gas.

d. Phosphorous pentoxide and calcium oxide are good drying agents, but they cannot be used to dry hydrogen chloride gas. Why?

e. Why is direct absorption of HCl gas in water not feasible?

f. What arrangement is done to dissolve HCl gas in water?

Solution 1

a. Concentrated H2SO4

b. The balanced equation for the reaction: Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

c. The drying agent used in drying hydrogen chloride gas is conc. sulphuric acid.

d. Phosphorous pentoxide and calcium oxide are good drying agents, but they cannot be used to dry hydrogen chloride gas because they react with hydrogen chloride.

   Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

e. Hydrogen chloride gas is highly soluble in water. Therefore, it is not collected over water.

f. The funnel arrangement is done to dissolve HCl gas in water.

 

Question 2

Explain why:

(a) Anhydrous HCl is a poor conductor while aq. HCl is an excellent conductor.

(b) When the stopper of a bottle full of hydrogen chloride gas is opened there are fumes in the air.

(c) A solution of hydrogen chloride in water turns blue litmus red and conducts electricity , while a solution of the same gas in toluene:

(i) Has no effect on litmus ,and

(ii) Does not conduct electricity

(d) Thick white fumes are formed when glass rod dipped in NH4OH is brought near the mouth of bottle full of HCl gas.

(e) Dry hydrogen chloride gas does not affect a dry strip of blue litmus paper but it turns red in the presence of drop of water.

(f) Hydrogen chloride gas is not collected over water.

Solution 2

(a) Anhydrous HCl is poor conductor due to the absence of ions in it whereas aqueous HCl is excellent conductor since it contains ions.

(b) When the stopper is opened HCl gas comes in contact with water vapors of air and gives white fumes due to the formation of hydrochloric acid.

(c) A solution of HCl in water gives hydronium ions and conducts electricity, but HCl is also soluble in dry toluene, but in that case it neither (i) turns blue litmus red (ii) nor does conducts electricity. This indicates the absence of H+ ions in toluene showing thereby that hydrogen chloride is a covalent compound.

(d) When ammonium hydroxide is brought near the mouth of HCl, dense white fumes are formed due to the formation of ammonium chloride.

HCl + NH4OH Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideNH4Cl + H2O

(e) Dry hydrogen chloride is not acidic whereas moist Hydrogen chloride is acidic. In presence of a drop of water HCl gas dissolves in water and forms hydrochloric acid which turns blue litmus paper red.

(f) Hydrogen chloride is not collected over water as it is highly soluble in water.

Question 3

The given set up of the figure is for preparation of an acid.

 

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

 

(a) Name the acid prepared by this method.

(b) Name the reactants used.

(c) Why empty flask is used.

(d) What is drying agent used? Why is this drying agent chosen?

(e) What is the role of inverted funnel in the arrangement?

Solution 3

(a) Hydrochloric acid is prepared by this method.

(b) The reactants are sodium chloride and Sulphuric acid.

(c) The empty flask acts as Anti-Suction device. In case the back suction occurs the water will collect in it and will not reach the generating flask.

(d) The drying agent is Conc. Sulphuric acid. Sulphuric acid is chosen as drying agent because it does not react with HCl.

(e) The Inverted funnel :

Prevents or minimizes back suction of water.

Provides a large surface area for absorption of HCl gas.

Question 4

 i. Name the experiment illustrated below.

 ii. State the colour of the water that has entered the round-bottomed flask.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Solution 4

i. The experiment is the fountain experiment and is used to demonstrate solubility.

ii. The colour of the water that has entered the round-bottomed flask is red.

Question b

 What property of hydrogen chloride is demonstrated when it is collected by downward delivery (Upward displacement)?

Solution b

When hydrogen chloride is collected by downward delivery or upward displacement, it shows that it is heavier than air.

Question 5

a. Name an element which reacts with hydrogen to form a compound which is strongly acidic in water.

b. Explain why dilute hydrochloric acid cannot be concentrated by boiling beyond 22.2%.

Solution 5

a. Hydrogen reacts with chlorine to form hydrogen chloride.

b. Dilute hydrochloric acid cannot be concentrated by boiling beyond 22.2% because molecules of HCl(g) get mixed with water vapour.

Question 6

How will you prove that Hydrochloric acid contains (i) Hydrogen (ii) Chlorine.

Write equations for the reactions. 

Solution 6

We can prove that hydrochloric acid contains both hydrogen and chlorine by the following experiment.

Take a voltameter used for electrolysis of water, fitted with platinum cathode and graphite anode.

Into the voltameter pour 4 molar HCl and pass direct current.

It is seen that a colourless gas is evolved at cathode and a greenish gas is evolved at anode.

When a burning splinter is brought near a colourless gas, it bursts into flame thereby proving that it is hydrogen gas.

When moist starch iodide paper is held in the greenish yellow gas, it turns blue black, thereby proving that the gas is chlorine.

2HCl ? H2 + Cl2

This experiment proves that hydrochloric acid contains both hydrogen and chlorine.

 

 

Question 8

Name

(a) a Black metallic oxide which reacts with hydrochloric acid to give a coloured solution.

(b) Two colourless gases, which when mixed produce a white solid.

(c) Two gases which chemically combine to form liquid.

(d) A chloride which is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide.

(e) The chemical in which gold can be dissolved.

(f) the experiment which demonstrates that hydrogen chloride is soluble in water.

(g) the gas produced when chlorine water is exposed to sunlight.

Solution 8

(a) Manganese dioxide

(b) Hydrogen chloride and ammonia

(c) Hydrogen and oxygen

(d) AgCl(Silver chloride)

(e) Aqua regia

(f) Fountain experiment

(g) Hydrogen chloride gas

Question 8

Solution A reacts with an acid B (which gives greenish yellow gas on reacting with oxidizing agents like Pb3O4) to give white precipitate C insoluble in nitric acid but soluble in ammonium hydroxide. Name A, B and C.

Solution 8

A is Silver nitrate

B is Hydrochloric acid

C is Silver chloride

Question 9

Complete and balance the following reactions, state whether dilute or conc. acid is used.

(a) NH4OH + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

(b) NaHSO3 + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

(c) Pb(NO3)2 +HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

(d) Pb3O4 + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Solution 9

(a) NH4OH + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideNH4Cl + H2O

(b) NaHSO3 + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride NaCl + H2O + SO2

(c) Pb(NO3)2 +2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChloridePbCl2 +2HNO3

(d) Pb3O4 + 8HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride3PbCl2 +4H2O +Cl2

Question 10

How will the action of dilute hydrochloric acid enable you to distinguish between the following:

a. Sodium carbonate and sodium sulphite

b. Sodium thiosulphate and sodium sulphite.

Solution 10

a. Sodium carbonate on treating with dil.HCl results in the formation of sodium chloride with the liberation of carbon dioxide gas.

Na2CO3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O + CO2 ↑

Sodium sulphite on treating with dil.HCl results in the formation of sodium chloride with the liberation of sulphur dioxide gas.

Na2SO3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O + SO2 ↑

b. Sodium thiosulphate reacts with dil. HCl to produce sulphur dioxide gas and precipitates yellow sulphur.

Na2S2O3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O + SO2 + S↓

Sulphur is not precipitated when sulphites are treated with dil.HCl.

Question 11

Give three distinct tests (apart from using an indicator) you would carry out with solution of HClto illustrate the typical properties of an acid.

Solution 11

Three tests are:

 

HCl gas gives thick white fumes of ammonium chloride when glass rod dipped in ammonia solution is held near the vapours of the acid.

NH3 + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideNH4Cl

With silver nitrate HCl gives white precipitate of silver chloride. The precipitate is insoluble in nitric acid but soluble in ammonium hydroxide.

AgNO3 + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideAgCl + HNO3

 

A greenish yellow gas is liberated when concentrated hydrochloric acid is heated with oxidizing agent like manganese dioxide.

MnO2 + 4HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideMnCl2 +2H2O + Cl2

Question 12

MnO2, PbO2 and red lead react with conc. HCl acid liberates Cl2.

What is the common property being shown by these metal oxides?

Solution 12

MnO2, PbO2 and red lead react with conc. HCl acid to liberate Cl2. This shows that hydrochloric acid is oxidized to chlorine by oxidizing agents.

Question 13

State which of the two - a solution of HCl in water or in toluene -is an electrolyte. Explain.

Solution 13

When hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water, hydrochloric acid is formed. The covalent compound ionises in water because of its polar nature and it can conduct electricity.

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Hydrogen chloride gas is soluble in toluene, but there is an absence of H3O+ in toluene, so it does not ionise the gas; thus, it cannot conduct electricity.

Question 14

Convert two soluble metallic nitrates to insoluble metallic chlorides using dil. HCl

Solution 14

Conversion of metallic nitrates to insoluble metallic chlorides using dil. HCl:

(i) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

(ii) Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Question b

Convert

Hydrochloric acid to nascent chlorine.

Solution b

A mixture having three parts of conc. hydrochloric acid and one part of conc. nitric acid gives nascent chlorine.

 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Question 15

A solution of hydrogen chloride in water is prepared. The following substances are added to separate portions of the solution:

S.No.

Substances added

Gas evolved

Odour

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

 

Calcium carbonate

 

Magnesium ribbon

 

Manganese(IV) oxide with heating

 

Sodium sulphide

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

________

Complete the table by writing the gas evolved in each case and its odour.

Solution 17

S.No.

Substances added

Gas evolved

Odour

1.

 

 

 

 

2.

 

3.

 

 

4.

 

 

Calcium carbonate

 

 

 

 

Magnesium ribbon

 

Manganese(IV) oxide with heating

 

Sodium sulphide

Carbon dioxide

 

 

 

 

Hydrogen

 

 

Cl2

 

 

Hydrogen sulphide

Odourless

 

 

 

 

Odourless

 

Strong Pungent odour

 

 

Rotten egg

Question 16

State the composition of aqua regia. State which component is the oxidizing agent in aqua regia.

Solution 16

A mixture having three parts of conc. Hydrochloric acid and one part of conc. Nitric acid is called aqua-regia.

Nitric acid acts as oxidizing agent.

Question 17

Write an equation for the reactions of hydrochloric acid on

a. silver nitrate solution

b. magnesium foil

c. caustic soda solution

d. zinc carbonate

e. manganese (IV) oxide

f. copper oxide

Solution 17

Equations for the reactions of hydrochloric acid on

a. silver nitrate solution

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

b. magnesium foil

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

c. caustic soda solution 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

d. zinc carbonate

   Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

e. manganese (IV) oxide

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

f. copper oxide

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Question 18

Study the flow chart and give balanced equations with conditions for the conversions A, B, C,D and E Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride.

 

Solution 18

NaCl + H2SO4 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideNaHSO4 + HCl

Fe + 2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideFeCl2 + H2

HCl + NH3 Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideNH4Cl

PbO2 + 4HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChloridePbCl2 + 2H2O + Cl2

Question 19

Write the balanced equations for the reaction of dilute hydrochloric acid with each of the following:

(a) Iron

(b) Sodium hydrogen carbonate

(c) Iron(II) sulphide

(d) magnesium sulphite

Solution 19

(a) Fe +2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideFeCl2 +H2

(b) NaHCO3 + HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideNaCl + H2O + CO2

(c) FeS + 2HCl Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen ChlorideFeCl2 + H2S

(d)  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Question 20

Lead nitrate solution is mixed with dilute hydrochloric acid and heated. 

Solution 20

Lead nitrate solution is mixed with dilute hydrochloric acid and heated to give a white precipitate of lead (I) chloride.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Question 21

a. Aqua regia is a mixture of 

 i. Dilute hydrochloric acid and concentrated nitric acid

 ii. Concentrated hydrochloric acid and dilute nitric acid

 iii. Concentrated hydrochloric acid [1 part] and concentrated nitric acid [3 parts]

 iv. Concentrated hydrochloric acid [3 parts] and concentrated nitric acid [1 part]

b. How would you distinguish between dilute HCl and dilute HNO3 by addition of only one solution?

c. Name two gases which can be used in the study of the fountain experiment. State the common property demonstrated by the fountain experiment.

Solution 21

a. Aqua regia is a mixture of Concentrated hydrochloric acid [3 parts] and concentrated nitric acid [1 part].

b. Silver nitrate solution will give a white ppt. when added to dil. hydrochloric acid and no change will be observed when added to dil. nitric acid.

c. Hydrogen chloride and ammonia gas.

Question 22

a. Choose the correct answer from the choices given: Hydrogen chloride gas being highly soluble in water is dried by

 i. Anhydrous calcium chloride

 ii. Phosphorous pentoxide

 iii. Quicklime

 iv. Conc. sulphuric acid

b. Write the balanced chemical equation.

 i. Sodium thiosulphate is reacted with dilute hydrochloric acid.

 ii. Calcium bicarbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.

c. In the laboratory preparation of hydrochloric acid, hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water.

 i. Draw a diagram to show the arrangement used for the absorption of HCl gas in water.

 ii. State why such an arrangement is necessary. Give two reasons for the same.

 iii. Write balanced chemical equations for the laboratory preparation of HCl gas when the reaction is A. Below 200°C; B. Above 200°C.

Solution 22

a. Hydrogen chloride gas being highly soluble in water is dried by conc. sulphuric acid. 

b. Balanced chemical equations:

i. Sodium thiosulphate is reacted with dilute  hydrochloric acid:

     Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride 

ii. Calcium bicarbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid:

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

c.  

i. Diagram to show the arrangement used for the absorption of HCl gas in water:

 

 

 

 

 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

 

ii. Such an arrangement is necessary to prevent back suction of water into the apparatus and it provides a large surface area for dissolution of hydrogen chloride gas.   

iii. Balanced chemical equations for the laboratory preparation of HCl gas:

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

Question 23

a. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s: Aqua regia contains one part by volume of nitric acid and three parts by volume of hydrochloric acid.

b. Give reason for the following: Hydrogen chloride gas cannot be dried over quicklime.

c. Give a balanced equation for the reaction: Conc. hydrochloric acid and potassium permanganate solution.

d. Give balanced equations with conditions, if any, for the following conversions:

 i. Sodium chloride → Hydrogen chloride

 ii. Hydrogen chloride → Iron (II) chloride

 iii. Hydrogen chloride → Ammonium chloride

 iv. Hydrogen chloride → Lead chloride

Solution 24

a. Aqua regia contains one part by volume of conc. nitric acid and three parts by volume of conc. hydrochloric acid. 

b. Because HCl undergoes a chemical reaction with quicklime.

 2HCl + CaO → CaCl2 + H2O 

c. Balanced equation for the reaction of conc. hydrochloric acid and potassium permanganate solution: 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

d. Balanced equations with conditions for the following conversions:

i. Sodium chloride → Hydrogen chloride

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

ii. Hydrogen chloride → Iron (II) chloride

    Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

iii. Hydrogen chloride → Ammonium chloride

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

iv. Hydrogen chloride → Lead chloride

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride 

 

Question 25

a. Identify the gas evolved when

 i. Potassium sulphite is treated with dilute hydrochloric acid.

 ii. Concentrated hydrochloric acid is made to react with manganese dioxide.

b. State one appropriate observation for

 i. Copper sulphide is treated with dilute hydrochloric acid.

 ii. A few drops of dil. HCl are added to AgNO3 solution, followed by addition of NH4OH solution.

Solution 25

a. i. When potassium sulphite is treated with dilute hydrochloric acid, sulphur dioxide gas is evolved. 

   Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

  ii. When concentrated hydrochloric acid is made to react with manganese dioxide, chlorine gas is evolved. 

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride 

b. i. Hydrogen sulphide gas is evolved which has the smell of rotten eggs.

 ii. A white precipitate of silver chloride is formed which is soluble in ammonium hydroxide. 

Question 26

a. Fill in the blank from the choices in the brackets:

 Quicklime is not used to dry HCl gas because [CaO is alkaline, CaO is acidic, CaO is neutral].

b. Write the balanced equation for

 Action of dilute hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide.

c. State your observation:

 Dilute HCl is added to sodium carbonate crystals.

d. Study the given figure and answer the questions that follow:

 i. Identify the gas Y.

 ii. What property of gas Y does this experiment demonstrate?

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

iii. Name another gas which has the same property and can be demonstrated through this experiment.

Solution 26

a. Quicklime is not used to dry HCl gas because CaO is alkaline. 

b. Action of dilute hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide:

  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

c. Dilute HCl is added to sodium carbonate crystals:

 Sodium carbonate crystals on reaction with dilute HCl form sodium chloride, water and carbon dioxide gas, which is evolved with brisk effervescence. This is a neutralisation reaction because sodium carbonate is a basic salt, while hydrochloric acid is an acid. The chemical equation for this reaction is as follows:

   Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

d.  

 i. The gas is HCl (hydrogen chloride) gas.

 ii. The extreme solubility of hydrogen chloride gas is demonstrated by the fountain experiment.

 iii. Another gas which has the same property and can be demonstrated through this experiment is ammonia gas.

Question 27

(a) Name the acid which on mixing with silver nitrate solution produces a white precipitate which is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide.

(b) Name the gas which produces dense white fumes with ammonia gas.

(c) The following questions pertain to the laboratory preparation of hydrogen chloride gas.

(i) Write the equation for its preparation, mentioning the conditions required.

(ii) Name the drying agent used in the above preparation and give a reason for the choice.

(iii) State a safety precaution taken during the preparation of hydrochloric acid

Solution 27

(a) Hydrochloric acid (HCl)

(b) Hydrogen chloride

(c)  

(i)  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Study Of Compounds A Hydrogen Chloride

(ii) For purification of HCl, it is dried by passing through conc. Sulphuric acid. It is preferred over the other drying agent because it does not react with HCl

(iii) i. Temperature should be maintained at nearly 200oC.

 ii. Delivery tube should be dipped in drying agent i.e., conc. H2SO4.

 iii. The lower end of the thistle funnel must be dipped in conc. Sulphuric acid.

Question 28

(a) The aim of the Fountain experiment is to prove that :

(A) HCl turns blue litmus red

(B) HCl is denser than air

(C) HCl is highly soluble in water

(D) HCl fumes in moist air

(b) Write a balanced chemical equation:

Action of hydrochloric acid on sodium bicarbonate.

(c) State your observations when :  

(i) Dilute Hydrochloric acid is added to Lead nitrate solution and the mixture is heated.

(ii) Dilute Hydrochloric acid is added to Sodium thiosulphate

(d)Identify the gas evolved and give the chemical test in each of the following cases :

(i) Dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with iron (II) sulphide.

(ii) Dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with sodium sulphite.

Solution 28

(a) Option C  

HCl is highly soluble in water. 

HCl is highly soluble in water. Its high solubility may be demonstrated by the fountain experiment.

(b) NaHCO3(s) + HCl(l)→ NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

(c)  

 (i) Hydrogen sulphide

The gas released has a rotten egg smell.

 (ii) Sulphur dioxide

Freshly prepared K2Cr2O7 paper changes from orange to green. 

 

Chemical Bonding ICSE Class-10 Concise Chemistry

 Selina Solutions Chapter-2

Question 1

How do atoms attain noble gas configuration?

Answer 1

Atoms lose, gain or share electrons to attain noble gas configuration.

Question 2

Define

(a) a chemical bond

(b) an electrovalent bond

(c) a covalent bond

Answer 2

(a) A chemical bond may be defined as the force of attraction between any two atoms, in a molecule, to maintain stability.

(b) The chemical bond formed between two atoms by transfer of one or more electrons from the atom of a metallic electropositive element to an atom of a non-metallic electronegative element is called as electrovalent bond.

(c) The chemical bond formed due to mutual sharing of electrons between the given pairs of atoms of non-metallic elements is called as a covalent bond.

Question 3

What are the conditions for formation of an electrovalent bond?

Answer 3

Conditions for formation of Ionic bond are:

(i) The atom which changes into cation should possess 1, 2 or 3 valency electrons. The other atom which changes into anion should possess 5, 6 or 7 electrons in the valence shell.

(ii) A high difference of electronegativity of the two atoms is necessary for the formation of an Ionic bond.

(iii) There must be an overall decrease in energy i.e., energy must be released.

For this an atom should have low value of Ionisation potential and the other atom should have high value of electron affinity.

(iv) Higher the lattice energy, greater will be the case of forming an ionic compound.

Question 4

An atom X has three electrons more than noble gas configuration. What type of ion will it form? Write the formula of its (i) Sulphate (ii) Nitrate (iii) Phosphate (iv) carbonate (v) Hydroxide

Answer 4

It will form a cation: X3+

(i) X2(SO4)3

(ii) X(NO3)3

(iii) XPO4

(iv) X2(CO3)3

(v) X(OH)3

Question 5

Mention the basic tendency of an atom which makes it combine with other atoms.

Answer 5

Atoms combine with other atoms to attain stable octet or noble gas configuration.

Question 6

A solid is crystalline, has a high melting point and is water soluble. Describe the nature of the solid.

Answer 6

The crystalline solid is ionic in nature. It has strong electrostatic forces of attraction between its ions, which cannot be separated easily.

Crystalline solids have high melting and boiling points, and a large amount of energy is required to break the strong bonding force between ions.

Water is a polar compound, so it decreases the electrostatic forces of attraction in the crystalline solid, resulting in free ions in the aqueous solution. Hence, the solid dissolves.

Question 7

In the formation of compound XY2, an atom X gives one electron to each Y atom, what is the nature of bond in XY2? Draw the electron dot structure of this compound?

Answer 7

X and Y form an ionic bond in XY2.

Question 8

An atom has 2, 8, 7 electrons in its shell. It combines with Y having 1 electron in its outermost shell.

(a) What type of bond will be formed between X and Y?

(b) Write the formula of compound formed.

Answer 8

(a) X has 7 electrons in its outermost shell and Y has only one electron in its outermost shell so Y loses its one electron and X gains that electron to form an ionic bond.

(b) The formula of the compound would be XY.

Question 9

Draw electron dot diagrams of

(i) NaCl (ii) MgCl2 (iii) CaO.

Answer 9

Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of NaCl:

Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of MgCl2:

Electron dot Orbit structure diagram of CaO:

Question 10

Compare :

(a) Sodium atom and sodium ion

(b) Chlorine atom and chlorine ion

With respect to

(i) Atomic structure

(ii) Electrical state

(iii) Chemical action and

(iv) toxicity

Answer 10

(a) Sodium atom and sodium ion

(i) Sodium atom has one electron in M shell while sodium ion has 8 electrons in L shell.

(ii) Sodium atom is neutral while sodium ion is positively charged.

(iii) Sodium atom is highly reactive while its ion is inert.

(iv)Sodium atom is poisonous while sodium ion is non-poisonous.

(b)Chlorine atom and chlorine ion

(i) Chlorine atom has 7 electrons in its M shell while Chloride ion has 8 electrons in the same shell.

(ii) Chlorine atom is neutral while chloride ion is negatively charged.

(iii) Chlorine atom is highly reactive while its ion is inert.

(iv)Chlorine gas is poisonous while chloride ion is non-poisonous.

Question 11

The electronic configuration of fluoride ion is the same as that of a neon atom. What is the difference between two?

Answer 11

Fluoride ion is negatively charged while neon atom is neutral.

Question 12

 (a) What do you understand by redox reactions? Explain oxidation and reduction in terms of loss or gain of electrons. (b) Divide the following redox reactions into oxidation and reduction half reactions.

(c) Potassium (Atomic No. 19) and chlorine (Atomic No. 17) react to form a compound. On the basis of electronic concept, explain

(i) oxidation (ii) reduction (iii) . oxidising agent (iv) reducing agent

Answer 12

(a) Transfer of electron(s) is involved in the formation of an electrovalent bond. The electropositive atom undergoes oxidation, while the electronegative atom undergoes reduction. This is known as redox process.

Oxidation: In the electronic concept, oxidation is a process in which an atom or ion loses electron(s).

Zn → Zn2+ + 2e

Reduction: In the electronic concept, the reduction is a process in which an atom or ion accepts electron(s).

(b) Cu2+ + 2e→ Cu

(i) Zn → Zn2+ + 2e (Oxidation)

Pb2+ + 2e→ Pb (Reduction)

(ii) Zn → Zn2+ + 2e (Oxidation)

Cu2+ + 2e→ Cu (Reduction)

(iii). Cl2 + 2e→ 2Cl (Reduction)

2Br→ Br2 + 2e(Oxidation)

(iv) Sn2+→ Sn4+ + 2e (Oxidation)

2Hg2+ + 2e→ Hg2 (Reduction)

(v) Cu+→ Cu2+ + e(Oxidation)

Cu+ + e→ Cu (Reduction)

(c) 2K + Cl2→2KCl

(i) Oxidation: In the electronic concept, oxidation is a process in which an atom or ion loses electron(s).

K → K+ + e

(ii) Reduction: In the electronic concept, the reduction is a process in which an atom or ion accepts electron(s).

Cl2 + 2e→ 2Cl

(iii) Oxidising agent

An oxidising agent oxidises other substances either by accepting electrons or by providing oxygen or an electronegative ion, or by removing hydrogen or an electropositive ion.

Cl2 + 2e→ 2Cl

(iv) Reducing agent

A reducing agent reduces other substances either by providing electrons or by providing hydrogen or an electropositive ion, or by removing oxygen or an electronegative ion.

K → K+ + e

ICSE Chemistry Class-10 Concise Selina Solution

Chemical Bonding Chapter 2 Intex 2

Question 1

What are conditions necessary for the formation of covalent molecules?

Answer 1

(i) Both atoms should have four or more electrons in their outermost shells, i.e., non-metals.

(ii) Both the atoms should have high electronegativity.

(iii) Both the atoms should have high electron affinity and high ionisation potential.

(iv) Electronegativity difference between the two atoms should be zero or negligible.

(v) The approach of the atoms towards one another should be accompanied by decrease of energy.

Question 2

Elements A, B and C have atomic numbers 17, 19 and 10 respectively.

(a) State which one is:

(i) A non-metal

(ii) A metal

(iii) Chemically inert?

(b) Write down the formula of the compound formed by two of the above elements.

Answer 2

(a) A is a non-metal; B is a metal while C is a chemically inert element.

(b) BA

Question 3

Draw the electron dot diagram and structure of:

(a) nitrogen molecule

(b) magnesium chloride

(c) methane

Answer 3

Question 4

What is the difference between:

(a) Ionic compounds and polar covalent compounds

(b) Ionic compounds and covalent compounds

(c) A polar covalent compound and a non-polar covalent compound?

Answer 4

(a) difference between Ionic compounds and polar covalent compounds

Ionic compounds are formed as a result of the transfer of one or more electrons from the atom of a metallic electropositive element to an atom of a non-metallic electronegative element.

A polar covalent compound is the one in which there is an unequal distribution of electrons between the two atoms.

(b) difference between Ionic compounds and covalent compounds

Ionic compounds, made up of ions, are generally crystalline solids with high melting and boiling points.

They are soluble in water and good conductors of electricity in aqueous solution and molten state.

Covalent compounds, made up of molecules, can exist as soft solids or liquids or gases with low melting and boiling points. They are generally insoluble in water and poor conductors of electricity.

(c) difference between Ionic Polar covalents and Non-polar compounds

Polar covalent compounds are formed between 2 non-metal atoms that have different electronegativities and therefore have unequal sharing of the bonded electron pair.

Non-polar compounds are formed when two identical non-metals equally share electrons between them.

Question 5

The element X has electronic configuration 2, 8, 18, 8, 1. Without identifying X ,

(a) Predict the sign and charge on a simple ion of X

(b) Write if X will be an oxidizing agent or reducing agent and why?

Answer 5

(a) X+

(b) X will be a strong reducing agent as it will have the tendency to donate its valence electron.

Question 6

What do you understand by polar covalent compounds? Explain it by taking hydrogen chloride as an example.

Answer 6

Covalent compounds are said to be polar when shared pair of electrons are unequally distributed between the two atoms. For example in HCl, the high electronegativity of the chlorine atom attracts the shared electron pair towards itself. As a result, it develops a slight negative charge and hydrogen atom develops a slight positive charge. Hence, a polar covalent bond is formed.

Question 7

(a) Explain the bonding in methane molecule using the electron dot structure.

(b) The methane molecule is a non-polar molecule. Explain.

Answer 7

(a)

Atom

Electronic configuration

Nearest noble gas

To attain stable electronic configuration of a nearest noble gas

Carbon

126C [2,4]

Neon [2,8]

Carbon needs four electrons to complete the octet.

Hydrogen

11H [1]

Helium [2]

Hydrogen needs one electron to complete the duplet.

One atom of carbon shares four electron pairs, one with each of the four atoms of hydrogen.

 

Before combination

(4 [H] and 1 [C] atom)

After combination (CH4 – Methane molecule)

(b) Methane is a covalent compound and is non-polar in nature. This is because the shared pair of electrons is equally distributed between the two atoms. So, no charge separation takes place and the molecule is symmetrical and electrically neutral.

Question 8

Give the characteristic properties of:

(a) Electrovalent compounds

(b) Covalent compounds

Answer 8

(a) Properties of Electrovalent Compounds:

1.      Ionic compounds usually exist in the form of crystalline solids.

2.      They have high melting and boiling points.

3.      These compounds are generally soluble in water but insoluble in organic solvents.

4.      They are good conductors of electricity in the fused or in an aqueous solution state.

(b) Properties of Covalent Compounds:

1.The covalent compounds exist as gases or liquids or soft solids.

2.      The melting and boiling points of covalent compounds are generally low.

3.      Covalent compounds are insoluble in water but dissolve in organic solvents.

4.      They are non-conductors of electricity in the solid, molten or aqueous state.

Question 9

(a) State the type of bond is formed when the combining atoms have:

(i) zero E.N. difference

(ii) small E.N. difference

(iii) large E.N. difference

1.      State the type of bond formed, and draw Lewis structure of

2.      water

3.      calcium oxide

Answer 9

(a)

(i) Covalent bond

(ii) Polar covalent bond

(iii). Ionic bond

(b)

(i) water: Polar covalent bonding takes place in water.

(ii) calcium oxide: Electrovalent bonding takes place in calcium oxide.

Question 10

Explain the following:

(a) Electrovalent compounds conduct electricity.

(b) Electrovalent compounds have a high melting point and boiling point, while covalent compounds have low melting and boiling points.

(c) Electrovalent compounds dissolve in water, whereas covalent compounds do not.

(d) Electrovalent compounds are usually hard crystals yet brittle.

(e) Polar covalent compounds conduct electricity.

Answer 10

(a) Electrovalent compounds

are good conductors of electricity in the fused or aqueous state because electrostatic forces of attraction between ions in the solid state are very strong and these forces weaken in the fused state or in the solution state. Hence, ions become mobile.

(b) Electrovalent compounds

have a strong force of attraction between the oppositely charged ions, so a large amount of energy is required to break the strong bonding force between ions. So, they have high boiling and melting points.

Covalent compounds have weak forces of attraction between the binding molecules, thus less energy is required to break the force of binding. So, they have low boiling and melting points.

(c) As water is a polar compound, it decreases the electrostatic forces of attraction, resulting in free ions in the aqueous solution. Hence, electrovalent compounds dissolve.

Covalent compounds do not dissolve in water but dissolve in organic solvents. Organic solvents are non-polar; hence, these dissolve in non-polar covalent compounds.

(d) Electrovalent compounds

are usually hard crystals yet brittle because they have strong electrostatic forces of attraction between their ions which cannot be separated easily.

(e) Polar covalent compounds conduct electricity because they form ions in their solutions.

Question 11

Elements X, Y and Z have atomic numbers 6, 9 and 12, respectively. Which one

(a) forms an anion

(b) forms a cation

(c) State the type of bond between Y and Z and give its molecular formula.

Answer 11

(a)

(i) Y = 9

(ii) Z = 12

(b) Ionic bond with molecular formula ZY2.

Question 12

Taking MgCl2 as an electrovalent compound and CCl4 as a covalent compound, give four differences between electrovalent and covalent compounds.

Answer 12

MgCl2 – Electrovalent compound

CCl4 – Covalent compound

hard crystalline solids consisting of ions.

gases or liquids or soft solids.

high melting and boiling points.

low melting and boiling points.

conduct electricity in the fused or aqueous state.

do not conduct electricity in the solid, molten or aqueous state.

It is soluble in inorganic solvents but insoluble in organic solvents.

It is insoluble in water but dissolve in organic solvents.

Question 13

Potassium chloride is an electrovalent compound, while hydrogen chloride is a covalent compound. But both conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions. Explain.

Answer 13

Potassium chloride is an electrovalent compound and conducts electricity in the molten or aqueous state because the electrostatic forces of attraction weaken in the fused state or in aqueous solution.

Polar covalent compounds like hydrogen chloride ionise in their solutions and can act as an electrolyte. So, both can conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions.

Question 14

(a) Name two compounds that are covalent when pure but produce ions when dissolved in water.

(b) For each compound mentioned above, give the formulae of ions formed in the aqueous solution.

Answer 14

(a) HCl and NH3

(b) HCl + H2O → H3O+ + Cl

NH3 + H2O →NH4+ + OH

Question 15

An element M burns in oxygen to form an ionic bond MO. Write the formula of the compounds formed if this element is made to combine with chlorine and sulphur separately.

Answer 15

Formula of compound when combined with sulphur – MSFormula of compound when combined with chlorine – MCl2

Question 16

Element A has 2 electrons in its M shell. Element B has atomic number 7.

(a) Write equations to show how A and B form ions.

(b) If B is a diatomic gas, write the equation for the direct combination of A and B to form a compound.

(c) If the compound formed between A and B is melted and an electric current is passed through the molten compound, then element A will be obtained at the _________ and B at the ________ of the electrolytic cell.

Answer 16

(c) If the compound formed between A and B is melted and an electric current is passed through the molten compound, then element A will be obtained at the cathode and B at the anode of the electrolytic

 Exercise-2

Question 1

Define a coordinate bond and give conditions for its formation.

Answer 1

The bond formed between two atoms by sharing a pair of electrons, provided entirely by one of the combining atoms but shared by both is called a coordinate bond. It is represented by an arrow starting from the donor atoms and ending in the acceptor atom.

Conditions:

1.      One of the two atoms must have at least one lone pair of electrons.

2.      Another atom should be short of at least a lone pair of electrons.

The two lone pair of electrons in the oxygen atom of water is used to form coordinate bond with the hydrogen ion which is short of an electron resulting in the formation of the hydronium ion.

H2O + H+ H3O+ Over here the hydrogen ion accepts one lone pair of electrons of the oxygen atom of water molecule leading to the formation of a coordinate covalent bond.

Question 2

What do you understand by lone pair and shared pair?

Answer 2

A pair of electrons which is not shared with any other atom is known as a lone pair of electrons. It is provided to the other atom for the formation of a coordinate bond.

A pair of electrons which is shared between two atoms resulting in the formation of a covalent bond is called a shared pair.

Question 3

State the type of bonding in the following molecules:

(a) Water

(b) Calcium oxide

(c) Hydroxyl ion

(d) Methane

(e) Ammonium ion

(f) Ammonium chloride

Answer 3

(a) Polar covalent bond

(b) Ionic bond

(c) O and H are bonded with a single covalent bond and oxygen possesses a single negative charge in the hydroxyl ion.

(d) Covalent bond

(e) Coordinate bond

(f) Electrovalent bond, dative bond (or coordinate bond) and covalent bond

Question 4

 (b) Give two examples in each case:

(i) Co-ordinate bond compounds

(ii) Solid covalent compounds

(iii) Gaseous polar compounds

(iv) Gaseous non-polar compounds

(v) Liquid non-polar compounds

Answer 4

 (b)

(i) Ammoniumion and hydronium ion

(ii) Phosphoruspentachloride and diamond

(iii) Hydrogen chloride and water vapour

(iv) Oxygen gas and nitrogen gas

(v) Toluene and Gasoline

Question 5

Element M forms a chloride with the formula MCl2 which is a solid with high melting point. M would most likely be in the group in which ______ is placed. [(a) Na (b) Mg (c)Al (d) Si]

Answer 5

Mg

Answer-6

 

Sodium

Phos-
phorus

Carbon

Formula of chloride

NaCl

PCl5

CCl4

Nature of bonding

Ionic

Covalent

Covalent

Physical state of chloride

Solid

Solid

Liquid

Questions-6

(a) How many atoms of each kind are present in the following molecules: calcium oxide, chlorine, water, carbon tetrachloride?

(b) How many electrons are required by each atom mentioned in (a) to attain the nearest noble gas configuration?

Answer-6

(a) CaO- 1 calcium atom + 1 oxygen atom

Cl2 – 2 chlorine atoms

H2O – 2 hydrogen atoms + 1 oxygen atom

CCl4 – 1 carbon atom + 4 chlorine atoms

(b) Ca – will donate two electrons

O – will accept two electrons

Cl – will accept one electron, so two Cl atoms will share an electron pair.

C – will accept four electrons by sharing electrons pairs with hydrogen forming covalent bonds.

H – will donate one electron by sharing an electron pair with carbon.

Question 8

Complete the following:

(a) When the nuclei of two reacting atoms are of _____ mass, then a bond so formed is called _____covalent bond. (Equal, unequal, polar, non -polar).

(b) In case of non-polar covalent bond, the covalent bond is formed in the _____of atoms and shared electrons are distributed _____. (Corner, middle, equally, unequally).

(c) Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not conduct electricity in their …………… state. (Fused/solid)

(d) The ions in ______ compounds are held very strongly due to strong _______ forces. ( electrovalent, covalent, electromagnetic, electrostatic) (2018)

Answer 8

(a) Unequal,polar

(b) Middle, equally

(c) Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not conduct electricity in their solid state.

(d) Electrovalent, electrostatic

Question 9

(a) Compound X consists of molecules. Choose the letter corresponding to the correct answer from the options A, B, C and D given below:

(i) The type of bonding in X will be

A. ionic B. electrovalent C. covalent D molecular

(ii) X is likely to have a

A low melting point and high boiling point

B high melting point and low boiling point

C low melting point and low boiling point

D high melting point and high boiling point

(iii). In the liquid state, X will

A become ionic

B be an electrolyte

C conduct electricity

D not conduct electricity

Answer 9

(a)

(i) C

(ii) C

(iii) D

Question 10

(a) Electrons are getting added to an element Y:

(i) Is Y getting oxidised or reduced?

(ii) What charge will Y migrate to during the process of electrolysis?

(b) Acids dissolve in water and produce positively charged ions. Draw the structure of these positive ions.

(c) Explain why carbon tetrachloride does not dissolve in water.

Answer 10

(a)

(i) Y is getting reduced.

(ii) Y is positive and it will migrate towards negative electrode that is cathode.

(b)

(c) It is anon-polar covalent compound and does not dissolve in polar solvents like water.

Question 11

a. Elements Q and S react together to form an ionic compound. Under normal conditions, which physical state will the compound QS exist in?

b. Can Q and S both be metals? Justify your answer.

c. The property which is characteristic of an electrovalent compound is that

A. it is easily vaporised

B. it has a high melting point

C. it is a weak electrolyte

D. it often exists as a liquid

d. When a metal atom becomes an ion,

A. it loses electrons and is oxidised

B. it gains electrons and is reduced

C. it gains electrons and is oxidised

D. it loses electrons and is reduced

Answer 11

a. Solid

b. No, in the formation of an ionic compound, one element is a metal and the other is a non-metal.

c. B

d. A

Question 12

(a) In the formation of magnesium chloride (by direct combination between magnesium and chloride), name the substance that is oxidized and the substance that is reduced.

(b) What are the terms defined below?

(i) A bond formed by share pair of electrons, each bonding atom contributing one electron to the pair.

(ii) A bond formed by a shared pair of electrons with both electrons coming from the same atom.

Answer 12

(a) Magnesium oxidises and chlorine reduces during the formation of magnesium chloride.

(b) (i) Covalent bond

(ii) Co-ordinate bond

Class X Chemistry

Chapter 1 - Periodic Table, Periodic Properties and Variations of Properties Exercise Ex. 1

Question 1

Name an

(a) An alkali metal in period 3 and halogen in period 2

(b) The noble gas with 3 shells

(c) The non-metals present in period 2 and metals in period 3.

(d) The element of period 3 with valency 4.

(e) The element in period 3 which does not form an oxide.

(f) The element of lower nuclear charge out of Be and Mg.

(g) Which has higher E.A. Fluorine or Neon?

(h) Which has maximum metallic character Na, Li or K?

Solution 1

(a) Na and F

(b) Argon

(c) C, N, O and F are non-metals present in period 2 while Na, Mg and Al are metals in period 3.

(d) Silicon

(e) Argon

(f) Be

(g) Fluorine

(h) K

Question 2

Choose the most appropriate answer from [SO2, SiO2, Al2O3, CO, MgO, Na2O]

a.     A covalent oxide of a metalloid.

b.     An oxide which when dissolved in water forms acid.

c.     A basic oxide.

d.     An amphoteric oxide. 

Solution 2

a.     A covalent oxide of a metalloid. - SiO2 (Si is a metalloid)

b.     An oxide which when dissolved in water forms acid. - SO2 (SO2 + H2O → H2SO3)

c.     A basic oxide. - Na2O (Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH)

d.     An amphoteric oxide. - Al2O3 (shows both acidic and basic properties) 

Question 3

Arrange the following as per instructions given in the brackets.

a.     Mg, Cl, Na, S, Si (decreasing order of atomic size)

b.     Cs, Na, Li, K, Rb (increasing metallic character)

c.     Na, K, Cl, S, Si (increasing ionisation potential)

d.     Cl, F, Br, I (increasing electron affinity)

e.     Cs, Na, Li, K, Rb (decreasing electronegativity) 

Solution 3

a. Mg, Cl, Na, S, Si (decreasing order of atomic size) -

   Na >mg>si>s>cl

 b. Cs, Na, Li, K, Rb (increasing metallic character)

    Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs

 c. Na, K, Cl, S, Si (increasing ionisation potential) -

 Cl > S > Si > Na > K or K<na<si<s<cl

 1256 > 999 >786 > 496 > 419


d. Cl, F, Br, I (increasing electron affinity) -

 I < Br < F < Cl

 -295 KJ mol-1 < -324 KJ mol-1 < -327.9 KJ mol-1 < -349 KJ mol-1

e. Cs, Na, Li, K, Rb (decreasing electronegativity) -

 Li > Na > K = Rb > Cs

 1.0 > 0.9 > 0.8 = 0.8 > 0.7

Question 4

Chorine in the periodic table is surrounded by the elements with atomic number 9, 16, 18 and 35.

(a) Which of these have physical and chemical properties resembling chlorine?

(b) Which is more electronegative than chlorine?

Solution 4

(a) An element with atomic number 9 and 35

(b) An element with atomic number 9.

Question 5

First Ionization enthalpy of two elements X and Y are 500 kJ/mol-1 and 375 kJ /mol-1 respectively. Comment about their relative position in a group as well in a period.

Solution 5

The ionisation energy is the minimum energy required to remove the outermost electron from a gaseous neutral atom to form a cation.

Position in a group: X will be above Y ( because of ionisation energy decreases down the group )

Position in a period: X will be the right side of Y ( because ionisation energy increases from left to right)

Question 6

Arrange the following in order of increasing radii:

(a) Cl¯, Cl

(b) Mg2+, Mg, Mg+

(c) N, O, P

Solution 6

(a) Cl < Cl¯

(b) Mg2+ < Mg+ < Mg

(c) O < N < P

Question 7

Which element from the following has the highest ionization energy?

(a) P, Na, Cl

(b) F, O, Ne

(c) Ne, He, Ar

Explain your choice.

Solution 7

(a) Cl

Metals have low ionisation energy and non-metals have high ionisation energy. Also, across the period, ionisation energy tends to increase. The elements P, Na and Cl belong to the third period. Na - Group 1, P - Group 15 and Cl - Group 17.

(b) Ne

Inert gases have zero electron affinity because of their stable electronic configuration.

(c) He

Ionisation energy decreases with an increase in the atomic size, i.e. it decreases as one moves down a group. Ne, He and Ar are inert gases. He - Period 1, Ne - Period 2 and Ar - Period 3.

Question 8

The electronegativities(according to Pauling) of the elements in period 3 of the periodic table are as follows with elements arranged in alphabetical order:

Al

Cl

Mg

Na

P

S

Si

1.5

3

1.2

0.9

2.1

2.5

1.8

Arrange the elements in the order in which they occur in the periodic table from left to right.

(The group 1 element first, followed by the group 2 element and so on, up to group 7).

Solution 8

Na, Mg, Al, Si, P, S, Cl

Question 9

Choose the word or phrase from the brackets which correctly completes each of the following statements:

a.     The element below sodium in the same group would be expected to have a ............... (lower/higher) electro-negativity than sodium, and the element above chlorine would be expected to have a (lower/higher) ionisation potential than chlorine.

b.     On moving from left to right in a given period, the number of shells ................. (remains the same/increases decreases).

c.     On moving down a group, the number of valence electrons .................. (remains the same/increases/decreases).

d.     Metals are good ................. (oxidising agents/reducing agents) because they are electron ............. (acceptors/donors). 

Solution 9

(a)  The element below sodium in the same group would be expected to have a lower electro-negativity than sodium, and the element above chlorine would be expected to have a higher ionisation potential than chlorine.

(b) On moving from left to right in a given period, the number of shells remains the same.

(c) On moving down a group, the number of valence electrons remains the same.

(d) Metals are good reducing agents because they are electron donors. 

Question 10

Parts (a) to (e) refer to change in the properties of elements on moving from left to right across a period of the periodic table. For each property, choose the correct answer.

(a) The non-metallic character of the elements:

(i) Decreases

(ii) Increases

(iii) Remains the same

(iv) Depends on the period

(b) The electronegativity:

(i) Depends on the number of valence electrons

(ii) Remains the same

(iii) Decreases

(iv) Increases

(c) The ionization potential:

(i) goes up and down

(ii) Decreases

(iii) Increases

(iv) Remains the same

(d) The atomic size:

(i) Decreases

(ii) Increases

(iii) Remains the same

(iv) Sometimes increases and sometimes decreases

(e) The electron affinity of elements in group 1 to 7 :

(i) Goes up and then down

(ii) Decreases and then increases

(iii) Increases

(iv) Decreases

Solution 10

(a) Increases

(b) Increases

(c) Increases

(d) Decreases

(e) Increases

Question 11

The elements of one short period of the periodic table are given below in order from left to right:

Li Be B C O F Ne

(a) To which period do these elements belong?

(b) One element of this period is missing. Which is the missing element and where should it be placed?

(c) Place the three elements: Fluorine, Beryllium and nitrogen in the order of increasing electronegativity.

(d) Which one of the above element belongs to the halogen series?

Solution 11

(a) Period 2

(b) Nitrogen (N), between carbon and oxygen

(c) Be< N< F

(d) Fluorine

Question 12

Select the correct answer from the choices A, B, C, D which are given. Write down only the letter corresponding to correct answer.

With reference to the variation of properties in the Periodic table, which of the following is generally true?

A Atomic size increases from left to right across a period.

B Ionization potential increases from left to right across a period.

C Electron affinity increases going down a group.

D Electro-negativity increases going down a group.

Solution 12

B

Question 13

Among Period 2 elements A, B, C and D, the one which has high electron affinity is

A.    Lithium

B.    Carbon

C.    Fluorine

D.    Neon 

Solution 13

Correct option is A. Lithium

In a period from left to right, electron affinity decreases as the non-metallic character increases.

Question 14

Group No.'s

 

IA

IIA

IIIA

IVA

VA

VIA

VIIA

0

1

2

13

14

15

16

17

18

Li

 

D

 

 

O

J

Ne

A

Mg

E

Si

 

H

K

 

B

C

 

F

G

 

 

L

 

Select from the table:

i.            Which is the most electronegative?

ii.            How many valence electrons are present in G?

iii.            Write the formula of the compound between B and H.

iv.            In the compound between F and J, what type of bond will be formed?

v.            Draw the electron dot structure for the compound formed between C and K. 

Solution 14

i.            The most electronegative is J.

ii.            Valence electrons present in G are 5.

iii.            B contains 1 valence electron and H contains 6 valence electrons. So, the valency of B is +1 and the valency of H is - 2.

iv.            In the compound between F and J, the type of bond formed will be covalent.

v.            The electron dot structure for the compound formed between C and K is

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties 

Question 15

The number of electrons in the valence shell of a halogen is ………. A - 1, B - 3, C - 5, D - 7.

Solution 15

The number of electrons in the valence shell of a halogen is 7.

Correct option: D

Question 16

Electronegativity across the period ............ [increases/decreases].

Solution 16

Electronegativity across the period increases.

Question 17

Non-metallic character down the group ………… [increases/decreases].

Solution 17

Non-metallic character down the group decreases.

Question 18

Atomic number of an element is 16. State

i.            to which period it belongs

ii.            the number of valence electrons in the element

iii.            is the element metal or non-metal 

Solution 18

Atomic number of an element is 16.

1.     It belongs to Period 3.

2.     The number of valence electrons in the element is 6.

3.     The element is a non-metal.

Question 19

Give reasons - The oxidising power of elements increases from left to right along a period.

Solution 19

The oxidising power of elements depends on the tendency to gain electrons which increases from left to right along a period due to increase in nuclear pull.

Question 20

Select the correct answer:

i.            Across a period, the ionisation potential ………… [increases, decreases, remains same]

ii.            Down the group, electron affinity ………… [increases, decreases, remains same] 

Solution 20

i.            Across a period, the ionisation potential increases.

ii.            Down the group, electron affinity decreases. 

Question 21

Choose the correct answer from the choice given:

In the periodic table, alkali metals are placed in the group A : 1, B : 11, C : 17, D : 18.

Solution 21

In the periodic table, alkali metals are placed in Group I. So, the correct option is A.

Question 22

Choose the correct answer from the choice given:

Which of the following properties do not match with elements of the halogen family?

A.    They have seven electrons in their valence shell.

B.    They are highly reactive chemically.

C.    They are metallic in nature.

D.    They are diatomic in their molecular form. 

Solution 22

 The correct option is C.

The elements of halogen family are non-metallic in nature.

Question 23

State the group and period of the element having three shells with three electrons in the valence shell.

Solution 23

Three shells indicate that the element belongs to the third period.

Three valence electrons indicate that the element belongs to the third group.

Question 24

Choose the correct answer from the option:

An element in Period 3 whose electronic affinity is zero.

A.    Neon

B.    Sulphur

C.    Sodium

D.    Argon 

Solution 24

Correct option: (D) Argon

Question 25

Give reason:

i.            Ionisation potential of the element increases across a period.

ii.            Alkali metals are good reducing agents. 

Solution 25

 i.            Because the atomic radius decreases across a period. Due to this, attraction between the nucleus and the electron increases. This results in an increase in the ionisation potential.

ii.            Alkali metals are good reducing agents because they have a greater tendency to lose electrons. 

Question 26

There are three elements E, F, G with atomic numbers 19, 8 and 17 respectively.

Classify the above elements as metals and non-metals.

Solution 26

Electronic configuration of E with atomic number 19 = 2,8,8,1

E is a metal.

Electronic configuration of F with atomic number 8 =

2,6

F is a non-metal.

Electronic configuration of G with atomic number 17 =

2,8,7

G is a non-metal.

Question 27

Name: A metal present in Period 3, Group I of the periodic table.

Solution 27

A metal present in Period 3, Group I of the periodic table is sodium.

Question 28

Among the Period 2 elements, the element which has high electron affinity is

A.    Lithium

B.    Carbon

C.    Chlorine

D.    Fluorine  

Solution 28

Correct option: (D) Fluorine

Question 29

Identify: The element which has the highest ionisation potential.

Solution 29

The element which has the highest ionisation potential is helium (He).

Question 30

 

Group No.

1-1A

2-IIA

13-IIIA

14-IVA

15-VA

16-VIA

17-VIIA

18-0

2nd period

Li

 

D

 

 

O

J

Ne

3rd period

A

Mg

E

Si

 

H

M

 

4th period

R

T

I

 

Q

U

 

Y

 

In the above table, H does not represent hydrogen. Some elements are given in their own symbol and position in the periodic table while others are shown with a letter. Answer the following questions.

i.            Identify the most electronegative element.

ii.            Identify the most reactive element of Group I.

iii.            Identify the element from Period 3 with least atomic size.

iv.            How many valence electrons are present in Q?

v.            Which element from group 2 would have the least ionisation energy?

vi.            Identify the noble gas of the fourth period.

vii.            In the compound between A and H, what type of bond would be formed and give its molecular formula. 

Solution 30

i.            I

ii.            R

iii.            M

iv.            5

v.            T

vi.            Y

vii.            Ionic bond will be formed and the molecular formula is A2H. 

Question 31

Choose the correct answer from the choice given:

 i. Ionisation potential increases over a period from left to right because the

A.    Atomic radius and nuclear charge increase

B.    Atomic radius and nuclear charge decrease

C.    Atomic radius increases and nuclear charge decreases

D.    Atomic radius decreases and nuclear charge increases  

 

 ii. An element A belonging to Period 3 and Group II will have

A.    3 shells and 2 valence electrons

B.    2 shells and 3 valence electrons

C.    3 shells and 3 valence electrons

D.    2 shells and 2 valence electrons 

 

Solution 31

i.            Correct option: D (atomic radius decreases and nuclear charge increases)

ii.            Correct option: A (3 shells and 2 valence electrons) 

Question 32

(b) An atomic number of an element Z is 16. Answer the following:

i.            State the period and group to which Z belongs.

ii.            Is Z a metal or a non-metal? 

Solution 32

(a) An element Z having atomic number 16 is Sulphur.

  (i) Sulphur belongs to Period 3 and Group 16.
  (ii) Sulphur is a non-metal.

Question 33

State the formula of the compound between Z and hydrogen.

Solution 33

Two hydrogen atoms combine with one sulphur atom to form hydrogen sulphide (H2S) gas.

Question 34

M is a metal above hydrogen in the activity series and its oxide has the formula M2O. This oxide, when dissolved in water, forms the corresponding hydroxide which is a good conductor of electricity. In the above context, answer the following:

i.            What kind of combination exists between M and O?

ii.            State the number of electrons in the outermost shell of M.

iii.            Name the group to which M belongs. 

Solution 34

i.            Ionic bond exists between M and O.

ii.            1 electron is present in the outermost shell of M.

iii.            M belongs to Group 1 in the modern periodic table. 

Question 35

Give one word or phrase for: The amount of energy released when an atom in the gaseous state accepts an electron to form an anion.

Solution 35

Electron affinity

Question 36

Match the option A and B with the statements (i) and (ii):

 

A. metal

(i) The metal that forms two types of ions

B. iron

(ii) An element with electronic configuration 2, 8, 8, 3

 

Solution 36

A: (ii)

B: (i)

Question 37

Among the elements given below, the element with the least electronegativity is

(i) Lithium

(ii) Carbon

(iii) Boron

(iv) Fluorine

Solution 37

(i) Lithium

Reason: Electronegativity increases from left to right. Lithium is present on the left side of the periodic table; hence, it will be the least electronegative element.

Question 38

The metals of Group 2 from top to bottom are Be, Mg, Ca, Sr and Ba.

(i) Which of these elements will form ions most readily and why?

(ii) State the common feature in the electronic configuration of all these elements.

Solution 38

(i) Ba metal will form ions readily because the ionisationenergy decreases down the group as the size increases.

(ii) On moving down the group, the number of electrons in the outermost shell, i.e.valence electrons remain the same. So, the valency in a group remains the same, i.e. 2.

Question 39

Metals are good _____________ (oxidising agents/reducing agents) because they are electron __________ (acceptors/donors).

Solution 39

Metals are good reducing agents because they are electron donors. 

Question 40

An element with the atomic number 19 will most likely combine chemically with the element whose atomic number is :

A. 17

B. 11

C. 18

D. 20 

Solution 40

(A) 17

Element with atomic number 19 will lose 1 electron (to achieve the noble gas configuration) which can be accepted by the element with atomic number 17. 

Question 41

Rewrite the following sentences by using the correct symbol > (greater than) or < (less than) in the blanks given :

1. The ionization potential of potassium is _________________ that of sodium.

2. The electronegativity of lodine is ___________ that of Chlorine. 

Solution 41

1. less than

2. less than

Question 42

Fill in the blanks by selecting the correct word from the brackets :

i. If an element has a low ionization energy then it is likely to be ______________ (metallic / non-metallic).

ii. If an element has seven electrons in its outermost shell then it is likely to have the ______________ (largest / smallest) atomic size among all the elements in the same period. 

Solution 42

i. Metallic

ii. Smallest 

Question 43

In Period 3 of the Periodic table, element B is placed to the left of element A. On the basis of this information, choose the correct word from the brackets to complete the following statements:

i. The element B would have (lower /higher) metallic character than A.

ii. The element A would probably have (lesser / higher) electron affinity than B.

iii. The element A would have (greater /smaller) atomic size than B. 

Solution 43

i. The element B would have higher metallic character than A.

ii. The element A would probably have higher electron affinity than B.

iii. The element A would have smaller atomic size than B. 

Chapter 1 - Periodic Table, Periodic Properties and Variations of Properties Exercise Intext 1

Question 1

(i) State modern periodic law.

(ii) Name the scientist who stated the law.

(iii) How many groups and periods does modern periodic table have?

Solution 1

(i) The modern periodic law states that "The properties of elements are the periodic functions of their atomic number."

(ii) Henry Moseley put forward the modern periodic law.

(iii) Modern Periodic table has 7 periods and 18 groups.

Q2   elements of group 1and elements of gp 17both have valency I1 ? explain

Ans because they have one electron in their outermost shell to lose to gain e-

Question 3

What are horizontal rows and vertical columns in a periodic table known as?

Solution 3

The horizontal rows are known as periods and vertical columns in theperiodic table are known as groups.

Question 4

Periodicity is observed due to the similar.............

(number of valence electrons/ atomic number/ electronic configuration)

Solution 4

Periodicity is observed due to the similar electronic configuration.

Question 5

How does electronic configuration in atoms change

(i) In a period from left to right?

(ii) In a group top to bottom?

Solution 5

(i) Though the number of shells remain the same, number of valence electrons increases by one, as we move across any given period from left to right.

(ii) While going from top to bottom in a group, the number of shells increases successively i.e. one by one but the number of valence electrons remains the same.

Question 6

Correct the statements.

(i) Elements in the same period have equal valency.

(ii) Valency depends upon the number of shells in an atom.

(iii) Copper and zinc are representative elements.

(iv) Transition elements are placed at the extreme right of the periodic table.

Solution 6

(i) Elements in the same group have equal valency.

(ii) Valency depends upon the number of valence electrons in an atom.

(iii) Copper and zinc are transition elements.

(iv) Noble gases are placed at the extreme right of the periodic table.

Question 7

Name 2 elements in each case:

(i) Alkali metals

(ii) Alkaline earth metals

(iii) Halogens

(iv) Inert gas

(v) Transition metals

(vi) Lanthanides

(vii) Actinides

Solution 7

(i) Sodium and Potassium

(ii) Calcium and Magnesium

(iii) Chlorine and Bromine

(iv) Neon and Argon

(v) Iron and Cobalt

(vi) Cerium and Europium

(vii) Uranium and Neptunium

Question 8

What do you understand by?

(i) Periodicity

(ii) Typical elements

(iii) Orbits

Solution 8

(i) The properties that reappear at regular intervals, or in which there is a gradual variation at regular intervals, are called periodic properties and the phenomenon is known as the periodicity of elements.

(ii) The third-period elements, Na, Mg, Al, Si, P and Cl summarize the properties of their respective groups and are called typical elements.

(iii) Elements revolve around the nucleus in certain definite circular paths called orbits or shells.

Question 9

Name 2 elements you would expect to show chemical reactions similar to calcium. What is the basis of your choice?

Solution 9

Beryllium and magnesium will show similar chemical reactions as calcium. Since these elements belong to same group 2 andalso have two electrons in their outermost shell like calcium.

Question 10

Name the (i) metals, (ii) metalloids and (iii) non-metals in the first twenty elements.

Solution 10

i.            Metals: Lithium, Beryllium, Sodium, Magnesium, Aluminium, Potassium, Calcium

ii.            Metalloids: Boron, Silicon

iii.            Non-metals: Hydrogen, Helium, Carbon, Nitrogen, Oxygen, Fluorine, Neon, Phosphorous, Sulphur, Chlorine, Argon 

Question 11

Fluorine, Chlorine and Bromine are put in one group on the basis of their similar properties.

i.            What are those similar properties?

ii.            What is the common name of this group or family? 

Solution 11

 (i) Properties: Non-metallic, highest electronegativity in the respective periods, highest ionisation potentials in the respective periods, highest electron affinity in the respective periods


 (ii) Salt-forming; hence, the common name is halogens.
 

Question 12

What is the main characteristic of the last element in each period of the Periodic Table? What is the general name of such elements?

Solution 12

The main characteristic of the last element in each period of the periodic table is they are inert or chemically unreactive.

The general name of such elements is 'Noble gases'.

Question 13

According to atomic structure, what determines which element will be the first and which will be the last in a period?

Solution 13

According to atomic structure, the number of valence electrons determines the first and the last element in a period.

Question 14

How does the number of :

i. Valence electrons and

ii. Valency vary on moving from left to right in the third period of the periodic table?

Solution 14

i. The valence electrons increase from 1 to 8 in the 3rd period of the periodic table.

ii. On moving from left to right, the valency increases from 1 to 4 and then decreases from 4 to 0.

Question 15

Name the type of elements, which have their

(i)Outermost shell complete

(ii)Outermost shell incomplete

(iii) Two outermost shells incomplete

(iv)One electron short of octet

(v) Two electrons in the outermost orbit.

Solution 15

(i) Noble gases

(ii) Representative elements

(iii) Transition elements

(iv) Halogens

(v) Alkaline Earth metals

Question 16

An element has 2 electrons in its N shell

(i) What is its atomic number?

(ii) State its position in periodic table

(iii) Is it metal or non-metal?

(iv) State the name assigned to this group.

Solution 16

(i) 30

(ii) It belongs to group 12 and fourth period.

(iii) It is a metal.

(iv) The name assigned to this group is IIB.

Question 17

Answer the following in respect of element 3216S.

(i)Give its electronic configuration.

(ii)To which group and period does it belong?

(iii)What is its valency?

(iv)Is it metal or non-metal?

(v)Is it a reducing agent or oxidizing agent?

(vi)Give its formula with chlorine.

Solution 17

(i) Electronic configuration of S: 2,8,6

(ii) 16th Group and 3rd Period.

(iii) Valency of S = 8 - 6 = 2

(iv) Sulphur is a non-metal.

(v) It is an oxidizing agent.

(vi) Formula with chlorine = SC                                                                  

Chapter 1 Periodic Table

Periodic Properties and Variations of Properties

 Exercise Intext 2

Question 1

What do you understand by atomic size? State its unit.

Solution 1

Atomic size is the distance between the centre of the nucleus of an atom and its outermost shell.

It's measured in Angstrom and Picometre.

Question 2

Give the trends in atomic size on moving

(i) Down the group

(ii) Across the period left to right.

Solution 2

(i) The atomic size of an atom increases when we go down a group from top to bottom.

(ii) It decreases as we move from left to right in a period.

Question 3

Arrange the elements of second and third period in increasing order of their atomic size.

Solution 3

Second Period: Fluorine < Neon < Oxygen < Nitrogen < Carbon < Boron < Beryllium < Lithium.

Third Period: Chlorine < Argon < Sulphur < Phosphorus < Silicon < Aluminum < Magnesium < Sodium.

Question 4

Why is the size of

(i) Neon greater than fluorine

(ii) Sodium is greater than magnesium.

Solution 4

(i) The size of Neon is bigger compared to fluorine because the outer shell of neon is complete(octet).As a result, the effect of nuclear pull over the valence shell electrons cannot be seen. Hence the size of Neon is greater than fluorine.

(ii) Since atomic number of magnesium is more than sodium but the numbers of shells are same, the nuclear pull is more in case of Mg atom. Hence its size is smaller than sodium.

Question 5

Which is greater in size

(i) An atom or a cation?

(ii) An atom or an anion?

(iii) Fe 2+ or Fe3+?

Solution 5

(i) An atom is always bigger than cation since cation is formed by the loss of electrons; hence protons are more than electrons in a cation. So the electrons are strongly attracted by the nucleus and are pulled inward.

(ii) An anion is bigger than an atom since it is formed by gain of electrons and so the number of electrons are more than protons. The effective positive charge in the nucleus is less, so less inward pull is experienced. Hence the size expands.

(iii) Fe 2+ is bigger than Fe3+ since Fe 2+ has more number of electrons than Fe3+ and hence the inner pull by nucleus is less strong on it as compared to the pull on Fe3+.

Question 6

Arrange :

i.            Be, Li, C, B, N, O, F (in increasing metallic character)

ii.            Si, Na, Al, Mg, Cl, P, S (in decreasing non-metallic character) 

Solution 6

i.            In increasing metallic character: F < O < N < C < B < Be < Li

ii.            In decreasing non-metallic character: Cl > S > P > Si > Al > Mg > Na 

Question 7

State the trends in chemical reactivity:

(i) Across the period left to right

(ii) Down the group

Solution 7

(i) Across a period, the chemical reactivity of elements first decreases and then increases.

(ii) Down the group, chemical reactivity increases as the tendency to lose electrons increases down the group.

Question 8

A metal M forms an oxide having the formula M2O3. It belongs to the third period. Write the atomic number and valency of the metal.

Solution 8

Given: The metal belongs to the third period; there are three shells.

The chemical formula of the compound suggests that the valency of the metal is +3.

That means the valence electrons are 3; hence, it belongs to the third group.

Thus, the element must have the electronic configuration 2, 8, 3.

That means the total number of electrons is 13.

Valency = 3, Atomic number = 13

Question 9

An element X belong to 3rd period and 17th group, state

(i) no of valence electrons in it.

(ii) name of the element.

(iii) name the family to which it belongs.

(iv) write the formula of the compound formed when it reacts with Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties .

Solution 9

(i) The element from the 17th group has 7 electrons in its outermost shell.

(ii) The name of the element is chlorine.

(iii) Chlorine belongs to the halogen family.

(iv) The element has Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties  three electrons in its outermost shell which it can donate; hence, its valency is three. While the valency of chlorine is 1. Thus,  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties  which is Aluminium can donate three electrons, and chlorine can accept 1 electron to get the stable electronic configuration. 

Therefore, the formula of the compound is AlCl3 or xy3

Question 10

The given table shows elements with same number of electrons in its valence shell.

Elements

A

B

C

m.p 

63.0

180.0

97.0

State :

(i) Whether these elements belong to same group or period.

(ii) Arrange them in order of increasing metallic character.

Solution 10

(i) Yes, these elements belong to the same group but are not from the same period.

(ii) We know that m.p. decreases on going down the group. Hence, from the above table, the elements can be ordered according to their period as follows:

Elements

B

C

          A          A

m.p.

180.0

97.0

63.0

The metallic character increases as one moves down the group.

Hence, the order of the given elements with increasing metallic character is as follows:

B<c<a

Question 11

Which one of the following has the largest atomic radius?

 i. Sodium

 ii. Potassium

 iii. Magnesium

 iv. Aluminium 

Solution 11

Correct option: (ii) Potassium

Question 12

Which one has the largest size?

 i. Br

 ii. I

 iii. I-

 iv. Cl 

Solution 12

Correct option: (iii) I-

Question 13

The metals of group 2 from top to bottom are Be, Mg, Ca, Sr and Ba.

i.            Which one of these elements will form ions most readily and why?

ii.            State the common feature in their electronic configuration. 

Solution 13

(i)  Barium will form ions most readily as the outermost valence electron which experiences the least force of attraction by positively charged nucleus can be given away readily to form cations.


(ii)All Group II elements have two valence electrons. 

Question 14

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties 

Solution 14

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties 

Protons = 19, Neutrons = 39 - 19 = 20

Electronic configuration = 1s22s22p63s23p64s1  or2,8,8,1

Position in the periodic table = Group 1, Period 4

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties 

Protons = 15, Neutrons = 31 - 15 =16

Electronic configuration = 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p3 or 2,8,5

Position in the periodic table = Group 3, Period 3

Question 15

The electronic configuration of an element T is 2, 8, 8, 1.

i.            What is the group number of T?

ii.            What is the period number of T?

iii.            How many valence electrons are there in an atom of T?

iv.            What is the valency of T?

v.            Is it a metal or a non-metal? 

Solution 15

i.            Group = 1

ii.            Period = 4

iii.            Valence electrons = 1

iv.            Valency = 1

v.            Metal 

Question 16

The element barium has atomic number 56. Look up its position in the periodic table and answer the following questions:

(i) Is it a metal or a non-metal?

(ii) Is it more or less reactive than calcium?

(iii) What is its valency?

(iv) What will be the formula of its phosphate?

(v) Is it larger or smaller than caesium (Cs) in size?

Solution 16

(i) It belongs to group II and has 2 valence electrons, so it is a metal.

(ii) Barium is placed below calcium in the group. Since the reactivity increases below the group, barium is more reactive than calcium.

(iii) It needs to lose 2 valence electrons to complete its octet configuration, so its valency is 2.

(iv) The formula of its phosphate will be Ba(PO4)2.

(v) As we move from left to right in a period, the size decreases, so it will be smaller than caesium.

Question 17

In group I of the periodic table, three elements X,Y and Z have ionic radii 1.33  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties , 0.95  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties  and 0.60  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties , respectively. Giving a reason, arrange them in the order of increasing atomic numbers in the group.

Solution 17

Since the size of the atom increases down the group, the ionic radii will also increase. Hence, the order of increasing atomic numbers in the group is Z < Y < X.

Question 18

Explain why are the following statements are not correct:

(i) All groups contain metal and non-metal.

(ii) Atoms of elements in the same group have same number of electron(s).

(iii) Non-metallic character decreases across a period with increase in atomic number.

(iv) Reactivity increases with atomic number in group as well as in a period.

 

Solution 18

(i) All groups do not contain both metals and non-metals. Group I and II contain only metals.

(ii) Atoms of elements in the same group have same number of valence electrons. They have same number of electrons present in their outermost shell.

(iii) The non-metallic character increases across a period with increase in atomic number. This is because across the period, the size of atom decreases and the valence shell electrons are held more tightly.

(iv) On moving from left to right in a period, the reactivity of elements first decreases and then increases, while in groups, chemical reactivity of metals increases going down the group whereas reactivity of non-metals is decreases down the group.

Question 19

Match the atomic number 19,15,8,4 and 2 with each of the following:

(i) A metal of valency one

(ii) A solid non-metal of period 3

(iii) A rare gas

(iv) A gaseous element with valency 2

(v) An element of group 2

Solution 19

(i) A metal of valency one = 19

(ii) A solid non-metal of period 3 = 15

(iii) A rare gas = 2

(iv) A gaseous element with valency 2 = 8

(v) An element of group 2 = 4

Question 20

Complete the following sentences choosing the correct word or words from those given in brackets at the end of each sentence:

i.            The properties of the elements are a periodic function of their _____ (atomic number, mass number, relative atomic mass).

ii.            Moving across a _____ of the periodic table, the elements show increasing _____ character (group, period, metallic, non-metallic).

iii.            The elements at the bottom of a group would be expected to show _____ metallic character than the element at the top (less, more).

iv.            The similarities in the properties of a group of elements are because they have the same _____ (electronic configuration, number of outer electrons, atomic numbers). 

Solution 20

  (i)The properties of the elements are a periodic function of their atomic number.


 (ii)Moving across a period of the periodic table, the elements show increasing non-metallic character.


(iii)The elements at the bottom of a group would be expected to show more metallic character than the elements at the top.


(iv)The similarities in the properties of a group of elements are because they have the same number of outer electrons. 

Question 21

Give reasons for the following:

The size of a Cl- ion is greater than the size of a Cl atom.

Solution 21

An anion is formed by the gain of electrons. In the chloride ion, the number of electrons is more than the number of protons. The effective positive charge in the nucleus is less, so the less inward pull is experienced. Hence, the size expands.

Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties 

Question ii

Give reasons for the following:

Argon atom is bigger than chlorine atom.

Solution ii

The inert gas argon is the next element after chlorine in the third period.

In a period, the size of an atom decreases from left to right due to an increase in nuclear charge with an increase in the atomic number. However, the size of the atoms of inert gases is bigger than the previous atom of halogen in the respective period. This is because the outer shell of inert gases is complete. They have the maximum number of electrons in their outermost orbit; thus, electronic repulsions are maximum. Hence, the size of the atom of an inert gas is bigger.

Question iii

Give reasons for the following:

Ionisation potential of the element increases across a period.

Solution iii

Ionisation potential of the element increases across a period because the atomic size decreases due to an increase in the nuclear charge, and thus, more energy is required to remove the electron(s).

Question (iv)alkali metal good raducing agent

Solution iv

Because  they one e- in valece shell

 Question 22

Name the element which has:

two shells, both of which are completely filled with electrons?

Solution 22

Neon (Atomic number = 10)

Electronic configuration = 2,8

Question

Name the element which has:

the electronic configuration 2, 8, 3?

Solution

Electronic configuration = 2, 8, 3

Hence, atomic number = 13

The element having atomic number 13 is Aluminium.

Question

Name the element which has:

a total of three shells with five electrons in its valence shell?

Solution

The element has a total of three shells; hence, the element belongs to the third period.

Five valence electrons indicate that the element belongs to the fifth group (VA).

Hence, the element is phosphorus.

Question

Name the element which has:

a total of four shells with two electrons in its valence shell.

Solution

The element has a total of four shells; hence, the element belongs to the fourth period.

Two valence electrons indicate that the element belongs to the second group (IIA).

Hence, the element is calcium.

Question 2

Name the element which has:

twice as many electrons in its second shell as in its first shell?

Solution

Twice as many electrons in its second shell as in its first shell indicates electronic configuration 2,2

From the electronic configuration, the total number of electrons is 4.

We know that

Number of electrons = Number of protons = Atomic number

The element with atomic number 4 is beryllium.

Question 23

State the number of elements in Period 1, Period 2 and Period 3 of the periodic table. Name them.

Solution 23

Period 1:

Number of elements = 2

Hydrogen, helium

Period 2:

Number of elements = 8

Lithium, beryllium, boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, neon

Period 3:

Number of elements = 8

Sodium, magnesium, aluminium, silicon, phosphorus, sulphur, chlorine, argon

Question

What is the common feature of the electronic configuration of the elements at the end of Period 2 and Period 3?

Solution

A common feature of the electronic configuration of the elements at the end of Period 2 and Period 3 is that the atoms have 8 electrons in their outermost shell.

Question

If an element is in Group 17, it is likely to be ______ [metallic/non-metallic] in character, while with one electron in its outermost energy level (shell), then it is likely to be _______ [metallic/non-metallic].

Solution

If an element is in Group 17, it is likely to be non-metallic in character, while with one electron in its outermost energy level (shell), then it is likely to be metallic.

Chapter 1 - Periodic Table, Periodic Properties and Variations of Properties Exercise Intext 3

Question 1

(a) Define the term 'ionization potential'.

(b) Represent it in the form of an equation. In which unit it is measured?

Solution 1

(a) The energy required to remove an electron from a neutral isolated gaseous atom amd convert it into a positively charged gaseous ion is called Ionization energy or ionization potential.

(b) M(g)+ I.E  Selina Solutions Icse Class 10 Chemistry Chapter - Periodic Table Periodic Properties And Variations Of Properties M+(g)+ e-

M can be any element

It is measured in electron volts per atom. It's S.I unit kJmol-1.

Question 2

Ionisation Potential values depend on

a. atomic size

b. nuclear pull. Explain.

Solution 2

Ionisation potential values depend on

a. Atomic size: The greater the atomic size, the lesser the force of attraction. Electrons of the outermost shell lie further away from the nucleus, so their removal is easier and the ionisation energy required is less.

b. Nuclear charge: The greater the nuclear charge, greater is the attraction for the electrons of the outermost shell. Therefore, the electrons in the outermost shell are more firmly held because of which greater energy is required to remove them.

Question 3

State the trends in ionization energy:

(a) across the period

(b) down the group

Solution 3

(a) Ionization energy increases as we move from left to right across a period as the atomic size decreases.

(b) Ionization energy decreases down a group as the atomic size increases.

Question 4

Name the elements with highest and lowest ionization energies in first three periods

Solution 4

Helium has the highest ionization energy of all the elements while Sodium has the lowest ionization energy in first three periods.

Question 5

Arrange the elements of second and third period in increasing order of ionization energy.

Solution 5

Second period: Lithium < Beryllium < Boron < Carbon < Nitrogen < Oxygen < Fluorine < Neon

Third Period:Sodium < Magnesium < Aluminum < Silicon < Phosphorus < Sulphur < Chlorine < Argon

Question 6

(a) Define the term electron affinity.

(b) Arrange the elements of second period in increasing order of electron affinity. Name the elements which do not follow the trend in this period.

Solution 6

(a) Electron affinity is the energy released when a neutral gaseous atom acquires an electron to form an anion. Unit kj/mol

(b) Second period: Lithium < Boron < Carbon < Oxygen < Fluorine

Neon, Nitrogen and Beryllium do not follow the trend.

Question 7

Electron affinity values generally ----- across the period left to right and ------down the group top to bottom.

Solution 7

Electron affinity values generally increase across the period left to right and decrease down the group top to bottom.

Question 8

Define the term 'Electronegativity'. State its unit.

Solution 8

Electronegativity is the tendency of an atom in a molecule to attract the shared pair of electrons towards itself.

Electronegativity is a dimensionless property; hence, it has no unit.

Question

Among the elements given below, the element with least electronegativity is

(i) Lithium, (ii) Boron, (iii) Carbon, (iv) Fluorine

Solution

Correct option - (i).

The element with least electronegativity is lithium.

Question 9

Explain the following :

(a) Group 17 elements are strong non-metals, while group I elements are strong metals.

(b) Metallic character of elements decreases from left to right in a period while it increases in moving down a group.

(c) Halogens have a high electron affinity.

(d) The reducing power of element increases down in the group while decreases in a period.

(e) Size of atoms progressively becomes smaller when we move from sodium (Na) to chlorine (Cl) in the third period of the periodic Table.

Solution 9

(a) On moving across a period, nuclear pull increases because of the increase in atomic number, and thus, the atomic size decreases. Hence, elements cannot lose electrons easily. Hence, Group 17 elements are strong non-metals, while Group 1 elements are strong metals.

 

(b)  On moving across a period, nuclear pull increases because of the increase in atomic number, and thus, the atomic size decreases. Hence, elements cannot lose electrons easily. Hence, Group 17 elements are strong non-metals, while Group 1 elements are strong metals. Down a group, the atomic size increases and the nuclear charge also increases. The effect of an increased atomic size is greater as compared to the increased nuclear charge. Therefore, metallic nature increases as one moves down a group, i.e. they can lose electrons easily.

(c) The atomic size of halogens is very small. The smaller the atomic size, the greater the electron affinity, because the effective attractive force between the nucleus and the valence electrons is greater in smaller atoms, and so the electrons are held firmly.

 

(d) The reducing property depends on the ionisation potential and electron affinity of the elements. In a period, from left to right in a horizontal row of the periodic table, the atomic size decreases and the nuclear charge increases, so the electron affinity and ionisation energy both increase. Hence, the tendency to lose electrons decreases across the period from left to right and thus the reducing property also decreases across the period from left to right.  

The electron affinity and ionisation potential decrease along the group from top to bottom. Hence, the tendency to lose electrons increases, and thus, the reducing property also increases along the group from top to bottom. 

(e) In a period, the size of an atom decreases from left to right. This is because the nuclear charge, i.e. the atomic number increases from left to right in the same period, thereby bringing the outermost shell closer to the nucleus. Therefore, considering the third period given above, it has been found that sodium is the largest in size, while chlorine is the smallest. 

Question10

Name the periodic property which relates tothe

(i) Amount of energy required to remove an electron from an isolated gaseous atom.

(ii) Character of element which loses one or more electrons when supplied with energy.

(iii) Tendency of an atom to attract the shared pair of electrons.

Solution 10

(i) Ionization energy

(ii) Metallic character

(iii) Electronegativity

Question 11

This question refers to the elements of the periodic table with atomic numbers from 3 to 18. Some of the elements are shown by letters, but the letters are not the usual symbols of the elements.

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A B C D E F G H

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

I J K L M N O P

Which of these

a.     are the most electronegative element

b.     is a halogen

c.     is an alkali metal

d.     is an element with valency 4

e.     have least ionisation energy

f.       have least atomic size in Period 3 

Solution 11

(a) G (due to the smallest atomic size).
(b) G and O as both have outermost electronic configuration  5
(c) A and I as both have outermost electronic configuration ns1.
(d) D (2,4)
(e) I as alkali metals have least ionisation energy. Also, ionisation energy decreases with an increase in the atomic size that    decreases on moving down the group.
(f) O, as halogens have the least atomic size. 

Question 12

A group of elements in the Periodic Table are given below (boron is the first member of the group and thallium is the last).

Boron, Aluminium, Gallium, Indium, Thallium

Answer the following questions in relation to the above group of elements:

(a) Which element has the most metallic character?

(b) Which element would be expected to have the highest electronegativity?

(c) If the electronic configuration of aluminium is 2,8,3, how many electrons are there in the outer shell of thallium?

(d) The atomic number of boron is 5. Write the chemical formula of the compound formed when boron reacts with chlorine.

(e) Will the elements in the group to the right of this boron group be more metallic or less metallic in character? Justify your answer.

Solution 12

(a) Thallium. Because the metallic character increases down the group, thallium will have the most metallic character.

(b) Boron. Electronegativity decreases down the group as the size increases; hence, boron will be the most electronegative atom.

(c) Three. The number of electrons present in the valence shell is the same for each group. Hence, all these elements and thallium will have 3 valence electrons.

(d) BCl3

(e) Since metallic character decreases from left to right and non-metallic character increases from left to right, elements in the group to the right of this boron group will be less metallic in character.

HOME

Click Here.......Class X  Punjabi

Click Here.......Class X  Other  Subjects 

Nursery     LKG       UKG       Class 1      Class 2       Class 3       Class 4      Class 5      Class 6      Class 7      Class 8       Class 9       Class X

HOME

You are the HTML Hit Counters visitor of this page.

image004.gif (2012 bytes)  Copyright © 2020   Allwin Computers, All Rights Reserved.